Honda Manual BTY31717OM

User Manual: Honda Manual 2017 Acura RLX Hybrid Owners Manual | Manual Device

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 577

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

0 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
00X31-TY3-6301

Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

2017 Acura RLX Hybrid Owner's Manual

BOM-06154

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

1 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

A Few Words About Safety

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

2 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.

2 Safe Driving P. 31
For Safe Driving P. 32

Seat Belts P. 36

Airbags P. 43

2 Instrument Panel P. 73
Indicators P. 74

Gauges and Displays P. 106

2 Controls P. 131
Clock P. 132
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 133
Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 154
Adjusting the Seats P. 175

2 Features P. 211
Audio System P. 212
Customized Features P. 283

Audio System Basic Operation P. 216
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 308

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
2 Driving P. 357

The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.

Before Driving P. 358
Towing a Trailer P. 363
Multi-View Rear Camera * P. 444
Surround View Camera System * P. 445

2 Maintenance P. 459
Before Performing Maintenance P. 460
Maintenance MinderTM P. 463
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 485
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 500

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 509
Tools P. 510
If a Tire Goes Flat P. 511
Overheating P. 535
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 537
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

2 Information P. 553
Specifications P. 554
Emissions Testing P. 559

Identification Numbers P. 556
Warranty Coverages P. 561

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

3 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 58

Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 70

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 146
Security System P. 149
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 155
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 182

Audio Error Messages P. 274
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310

P. 4

Safety Labels P. 71

Opening and Closing the Windows P. 152
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
Climate Control System P. 200

General Information on the Audio System P. 279
AcuraLink® P. 349

When Driving P. 364
Refueling P. 455

Braking P. 419
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 457

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 468
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488
Cleaning P. 501

Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480
12-Volt Battery P. 497
Accessories and Modifications P. 506

Power System Won’t Start P. 529
Fuses P. 542
Refueling P. 551

Jump Starting P. 532
Emergency Towing P. 548

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 557
Authorized Manuals P. 563

Reporting Safety Defects P. 558
Client Service Information P. 564

Safe Driving

P. 31

Instrument Panel

P. 73

Controls

P. 131

Features

P. 211

Driving

P. 357

Maintenance

P. 459

Handling the Unexpected

P. 509

Information

P. 553

Index

P. 568

Parking Your Vehicle P. 434

Remote Transmitter Care P. 498

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 549

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

4 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙
❙ System Indicators (P 74)
❙ Gauges (P 106)
❙ Multi-Information Display
(P 108)

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System OFF) Button (P 409)

❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button (P 398)

❙ Parking Sensor System Button* (P 437)
Canadian models

❙ Headlight Washer Button (P 165)
❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) OFF Button (P 429)
❙ Audio/Information Screen (P 225)
❙ Navigation System
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
(P 217)

❙ Audio System (P 212)
❙ Climate Control System (P 200)
❙ CAMERA Button * (P 446)
❙ Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror Button (P 168)

❙ Front Seat Heater Buttons * (P 195)
❙ Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation
Buttons * (P 196)
❙ POWER Button (P 155)

❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 171)
4

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

5 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

❙ Brightness Control (P 166)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P 377)

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 158, 159)
❙ CAMERA Button * (P 446)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P 377)
❙ Head-Up Display Buttons (P 123)

❙ Wipers/Washers (P 163)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P 383)

❙ Right Selector Wheel (P 108, 113)
❙ TRIP Button (P 109, 110)
❙ Distance Button (P 391)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Button (P 403)
❙ Horn (Press an area around

❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button (P 194)
❙ Audio Remote Controls (P 215)
❙ Voice Control Buttons (P 232)
❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
*

Voice Control Buttons (P 310)

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

6 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Memory Buttons (P 170)
❙ SET Button (P 170)
❙ Hood Release Handle
(P 469)

❙ Power Window Switches (P 152)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 144)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 173)
❙ Trunk Release Button (P 146)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P 456)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 172)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P 46)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P 46)
❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P 419)

❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P 422)

❙ SPORT Button (P 378)
❙ Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector (P 371)

❙ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box (P 546)

❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P 50)
❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Boxes (P 544)
6

❙ Glove Box (P 184)
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P 190)
❙ USB Port (P 213)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P 213)
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P 190)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

7 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

❙ Seat Belts (P 36)
❙ Moonroof Switch
(P 154)

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 54)
❙ Map Lights (P 183)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Coat Hook (P 191)

❙ Map Lights (P 183)
❙ Sunglasses Holder
(P 197)

❙ Power Rear Sunshade
Button * (P 198)

❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Front Seat (P 175)
❙ Side Airbags (P 52)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 65)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 67)
❙ Rear Seat
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 63)
* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

8 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 468)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P 163, 485)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 173)
❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P 158, 481)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 136)
❙ Headlights (P 159, 480)
❙ Front Side Marker Lights (P 158, 481)
❙ Daytime Running Lights (P 162 )
❙ Tires (P 488, 511)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P 158, 159, 480)
❙ Fog Lights (P 162, 480)
❙ How to Refuel (P 456)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 484)
❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P 146)
❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P 148)
❙ Trunk Release Button (P 146)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera * (P 444)
❙ Surround View Camera System * (P 445)
❙ Rear License Plate Lights (P 484)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 483)
❙ Taillights (P 483)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 482)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P 483)
❙ Brake/Taillights (P 483)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

9 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Your SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with electric motors
receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery.

* Not available on all models

Quick Reference Guide

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Operating
mode
Quick Reference Guide

Vehicle
Speed

10 ページ

EV Launch
Launch Acceleration:
● Rear Motor Drive

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

Engine Drive
Gentle Acceleration:
● Engine Drive

EV Cruising
Low Speed Cruise:
● Rear Motor Drive

Power Acceleration
Aggressive Acceleration:
● Engine Drive
● Motor Assist

Power Flow
Monitor*1

Electric Motors

Drive

- / Drive

Drive

Generators

Generate / -

Gasoline
Engine

Stopped

Running

Stopped

Running

Battery

Discharges

Charges/Discharges

Discharges

*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Operating
mode

２０１７年３月２４日

Engine Cruising
High Speed Cruise:
● Engine Drive

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Regeneration
Deceleration:
● Front & Rear Regeneration

AWD Mode
Slippery Condition:
● Engine Drive
● Front Generation
● Rear Motor Drive

Quick Reference Guide

Vehicle
Speed

11 ページ

Power Flow
Monitor*1

Electric Motors

Drive

Regenerate

Drive

Generators

Generate

Regenerate

Generate

Gasoline
Engine

Running

Stopped

Running

Battery

Charges/Discharges

Charges

Charges/Discharges

*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

12 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Energy Efficiency
Quick Reference Guide

As with a gasoline-powered vehicle, hybrid vehicle fuel efficiency and driving range is most impacted by your driving style. Aggressive
acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine.
In addition, heavy climate control system use negatively affects vehicle range and efficiency. Either of these use patterns will more quickly
reduce the High Voltage battery's state of charge.

Battery Types
There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle; a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and
other standard 12-volt systems; and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motors and recharge the 12-volt battery.

Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking
When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or while driving downhill, the electric motors
act as generators that recovers a portion of the electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the
vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

13 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Auto Engine Stop/Start
Your vehicle’s gasoline engine will automatically stop and start during vehicle operation as needed to meet driving and battery conditions.
These are some examples that could cause the gasoline engine to automatically start.

When in SPORT mode, Auto Engine Stop does not activate.

Quick Reference Guide

In the following cases, however, Auto Engine Stop may not activate.
● The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, or driving uphill or at high speed.
● The climate control system is in heavy use.
● The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.
● The High Voltage battery state of charge is low.

Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® System
When you first start driving this vehicle, you likely will hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you first turn on the power system,
while driving, and just after parking. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control systems; others
are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a vehicle of this design.
These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise
should one develop.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

14 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Safety Precautions
Do not touch the High Voltage system
Quick Reference Guide

Attempting to take a High Voltage system component apart or disconnect one of its wires
can cause severe electrical shock. If the High Voltage system needs maintenance or repair, it
should be performed at an Acura dealer.

If a crash occurs

Do not cover the air intake.

Air Intake
If the air intake is obstructed
during vehicle operation, the High
Voltage battery can become too
hot. To protect the battery, the
system may start to limit the
battery’s output and cause the
power system and 12-volt battery
charging system indicators to come
on.

●Be careful of electric shock hazard.
uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock
due to exposed High Voltage components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High
Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.
●Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.
uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that could leak as a result of a severe
crash. Avoid any skin or eye contact with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally touch it,
flush your eyes or skin with a large quantity of water for at least five minutes, and seek medical
attention immediately.
●Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water, from a garden hose for
instance, can be dangerous.
●Anytime the vehicle is damaged in an accident, have it repaired by an Acura dealer.

Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System
The emergency shutdown system may activate when the vehicle is impacted by some
incident such as a crash. When this system activates, the High Voltage system automatically
shuts down, and your vehicle no longer will move under its own power. To return the High
Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an Acura dealer.
Acura collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles – consult an Acura
dealer for more information.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

15 ページ

Safe Driving

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

(P 31)

Child Safety (P 58)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P 43)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 70)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P 36)

Before Driving Checklist (P 35)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.

● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

16 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

Instrument Panel

午後４時３１分

(P 73)

Quick Reference Guide

Gauges (P 106)/Multi-Information Display (P 108)
/Head-Up Display (P 123)/System Indicators (P 74)

System Indicators
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator

Head-Up Display

System Indicators
Blind Spot Information
(BSI) Indicator
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
SPORT Mode Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Keyless Access System
Indicator
12-Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
U.S. Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
Canada
Electric Parking Brake
System Indicator
U.S. Electric Parking Brake
Indicator
Canada

金曜日

Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) Indicator

Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) Indicator
Multi-Information Display

Tachometer

Speedometer

U.S.

Brake System
Indicator (Red)

Canada
U.S.

Brake System
Indicator (Amber)

Canada

High Voltage
Battery Charge
Level Gauge

Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
Gear Position
Indicator

System Indicators
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
System Message
Indicator

Fuel
Gauge

Security System
Alarm Indicator

M (sequential mode)
Indicator/Sequential Mode
Gear Selection Indicator

Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator

Collision Mitigation
Brake SystemTM
(CMBSTM) Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
High Temperature
Indicator
Low Temperature
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
READY Indicator
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Controls

17 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

(P 131)

POWER Button (P 155)
Press the button to changes the vehicle’s
power mode.

Turn Signals (P 158)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right

You can also adjust the time manually.

Quick Reference Guide

Clock (P 132)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.

Left

Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Clock (P 132)

Rotate
.

to change hour, then press

Rotate
press
.

to change minute, then

Lights (P 159)
Light Control Switches
High Beam
Low Beam

Flashing

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

18 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Wipers and Washers

Steering Wheel (P 171)

(P 163)

● To adjust, push and hold the adjustment
switch to move the steering wheel to the
desired position.

Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Low Sensitivity
: High Sensitivity

Trunk Release Button
● To unlock and open the trunk:
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.

MIST
OFF
AUTO: Wiper speed varies automatically
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P 142)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it in one motion.

AUTO should always be turned OFF before
cleaning the windshield or driving through a
car wash.

● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door
from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors.

Trunk (P 146)

• Press the trunk release button on the
driver’s door.
• Press the trunk release button on the
keyless access remote.
• Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

19 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

Power Door Mirrors
(P 173)

Folding Button

Selector Switch

午後４時３１分

Power Windows (P 152)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
● Press the folding button to fold in and
out the door mirrors.

金曜日

Adjustment Switch
Window Switch

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

20 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Climate Control System (P 200)
Quick Reference Guide

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the
button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. (P 236)
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Fan Control Icon
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronized) Icon

Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode
Icon

Driver’s Side Mode Control
Icon

Passenger’s Side Mode Control
Icon

Driver’s Side Temperature
Icon

Passenger’s Side Temperature
Icon

Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Switch

Passenger’s Side Temperature
Control Switch

(On/off) Button
AUTO Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button

Air flows from dashboard vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
(driver’s side only)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Features

21 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

(P 211)

Audio/Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

CD Slot

Quick Reference Guide

Audio system (P 216)

(Power) Button
VOL (Volume) Knob
Audio Source*1
Preset Icons

(CD Eject) Button
Shortcuts*1

TAG*1
Tune
(Tune Down) Icon*1
PHONE Button

More
(Tune Up) Icon*1
INFO Button
AUDIO Button

NAV Button
BACK Button
Button

MENU Button
SETTINGS Button
Interface Dial/ENTER Button

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

22 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

Audio Remote Controls
(P 215)
Quick Reference Guide

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/HDD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth®
Audio/Pandora® */AhaTM/AUX.
● Left Selector Wheel
Roll to adjust the volume up/down.
Radio:Shift to change the preset station.
Shift and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/HDD/USB device:
Shift to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Shift and hold to change a folder.

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Driving

23 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

(P 357)
Quick Reference Guide

Electronic Gear Selector (P 371)
● Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
● Gear selection
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator
and the shift button indicator
indicate the current gear
selection.

Shift Button
Indicator

Gear Position Indicator

Park
Press the (P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the (R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the (N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the (D button.
Used for normal driving.
The sequential shift mode can be used.
* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Paddle Shifters (P377)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 7th). This is useful for regenerative
braking.
● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back to
Gear Position Indicator
automatic mode once the system
M (sequential
detects that the vehicle is cruising.
mode) Indicator
● Sequential mode gear selection:
Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator
comes on, when the SPORT mode
is on.
Sequential Mode Gear
●
The sequential mode gear
Selection Indicator
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Shift Down (Paddle Shifter

24 ページ

Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

25 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

VSA® OFF Button (P 409)

Refueling (P 455)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane
number 91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 L)

Collision Mitigation
Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
b
OFF Button (P 429)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.

午後４時３１分

Press the fuel fill
door release button.

After refueling, wait
for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
nozzle.

Quick Reference Guide

● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you turn on the power system.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

金曜日

Wait for five seconds

Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P 414)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you turn on the power system.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

26 ページ

Maintenance

金曜日

午後４時３１分

(P 459)

Quick Reference Guide

Under the Hood (P 468)
● Check engine oil and engine coolant, inverter coolant. Add
when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, push up the lever and lift the
hood.

c
26

２０１７年３月２４日

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.

Wiper Blades (P 485)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.

Tires (P 488)

Lights (P 480)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.

● Inspect all lights regularly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

27 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Handling the Unexpected

(P 509)

Power System Won’t Start Overheating (P 535)
(P 529)

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
trunk.

Indicators Come On
(P 537)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.

● If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start
using a booster battery.

● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the power system and the engine
cool down.

Blown Fuse

Emergency Towing

(P 542)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.

Quick Reference Guide

Flat Tire (P 511)
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

(P 548)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

28 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

What to Do If
Quick Reference Guide

Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
u ABS operation (P 424)

The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in
the LOCK position. If so, open the
rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, push the
lever to the UNLOCK position.

Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?

The beeper sounds when:
● The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
● The exterior lights are left on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

29 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.

Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?

Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.

Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?

●

Why does the gear position
automatically change to (P
when I open the driver's
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?

●

Quick Reference Guide

Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other
position.

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
Close the driver's door and manually change the gear
position.
u When opening the driver’s door (P 374)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

Quick Reference Guide

30 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or
higher is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.

I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P 414, 540)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

31 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 32
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 34
Safety Checklist ................................. 35
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 36
Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 39
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 42
Airbags
Airbag System Components ............... 43
Types of Airbags ................................ 46
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 46

Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 50
Side Airbags....................................... 52
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 54
Airbag System Indicators.................... 55
Airbag Care ....................................... 57
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 58

Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 71

Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 60

Safety of Larger Children ................... 68
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 70

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

32 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

33 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

Safe Driving

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

34 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
10

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

6
11
7
9

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Knee Airbag
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt
e-pretensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

35 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safety Checklist

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142

• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.

If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the multi-information display, a door and/or the
trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 97

Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.

1Safety Checklist

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175

• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39

• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 58

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

36 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers

■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable
retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 65

1About Your Seat Belts

3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

37 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts

1About Your Seat Belts

■ Seat Belt Reminder

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.

Safe Driving

Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

1Seat Belt Reminder

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the power mode is set to ON before the
driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and/or front passenger’s seat belt is
fastened.

Continued

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 58

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

38 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
Safe Driving

The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.

■ Seat Belt e-pretensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

1Seat Belt e-pretensioners

Are the motor-powered pretensioners that
start to retract the front seat belts when the
CMBSTM, brake assist system, or VSA® system
is in operation. They may also activate when
you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is
impacted. After being retracted, the seat belts
are slackened to their original positions.
As convenient features, the e-pretensioners
slightly retract the seat belts when you latch
the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal
more aggressively than you normally do, or
make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you
release the seat belt buckle.

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no
components need to be replaced.
The e-pretensioners may not work if:
• Supplemental Restraint System Indicator is on.
• Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator is
on.
• A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on
multi-information display.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

39 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

Correct
Seated
Posture.

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.

Safe Driving

Pull out slowly.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.

Latch
Plate

Buckle

When you or the front passenger insert the
latch plate into the buckle, the front seat
belt retracts automatically.
2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners P. 38

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

40 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

Lap belt
as low as
possible

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
Push

1Fastening a Seat Belt

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

41 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

42 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Safe Driving

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

43 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Airbags
Airbag System Components

Safe Driving

9
7
9
12

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

44 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b Driver’s

knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.

c Two

side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

e An

electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover
sensor, airbag activators, seat belt
tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit records such information.

f Automatic

front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
The front seat belt tensioners also include
the e-pretensioners.

driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.

h Weight
d Two

side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).

i Impact

sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l Safing
mA

Sensor

rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

45 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

46 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or
other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

47 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

48 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Safe Driving

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help to save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might
occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help to reduce
the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side curtain
airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide
little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

49 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor

Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.

The passenger’s advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.

Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors

Although we recommend against letting
children under the age of 12 sit in passenger
seat, if the sensors detect the weight of a child
(up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will
automatically turn off the passenger’s front
airbag.

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver’s seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 56

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 502

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

50 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicle’s other safety features.
Safe Driving

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
inflated

When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may
inflate alone.

Knee
Airbag

1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee
airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation
of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

51 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage

Safe Driving

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

52 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
inflated

Side
Airbag

When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

53 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

Safe Driving

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

54 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Safe Driving

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.

■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.

1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
is no passenger in the passenger seat.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

55 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Safe Driving

Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.

■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

3 WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

56 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.

Canada

■ When the passenger airbag off

Safe Driving

indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:

• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.

• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.

• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
Children under the age of 12 should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 58

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

57 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.

Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed

1Airbag Care

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-866-78-ACURA.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

58 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

59 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.

Safe Driving

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 71

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

60 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Infants
Safe Driving

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for
a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rearfacing seat.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.

1Protecting Infants

3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 43

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

61 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rear-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Continued

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

62 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat
Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with the seat belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat
belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified
weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation
instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

63 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Marks

Lower Anchors

Rigid Type

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

64 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Safe Driving

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Flexible Type
Tether
Strap
Hook

Anchor

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

65 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

66 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

67 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position. If you have a child
restraint system that comes with a tether but
can be installed with a seat belt, the tether
may be used for additional security.

Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Safe Driving

Tether Anchorage Points

1Adding Security with a Tether

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
Anchor

Cover

Outer Position

Tether
Strap
Hook

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.

Tether
Strap
Hook

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

Anchor
Center Position

Anchor

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

68 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children
■ Protecting Larger Children
Safe Driving

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.

■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

1Safety of Larger Children

3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

69 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats

1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

70 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Safe Driving

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the
mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not turn the power system on with the garage
door closed. Even when the garage door is open,
drive out of the garage immediately after turning the
power system on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

71 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.

Sun Visors

U.S. models

Safe Driving

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.

Canadian models
High Voltage System Components
U.S. models

Canadian models

Dashboard
U.S. models only

Radiator Cap
Radiator Cap

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

72 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

73 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 74
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 92
Gauges and Displays ................................106
Gauges............................................ 106
Multi-Information Display ................ 108
Head-Up Display .............................. 123

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

74 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Indicators

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

U.S.

Instrument Panel

●

Canada

Brake System
Indicator (Red)

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when the brake fluid level
is low.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.

(Red)

Explanation
●

Comes on while driving - Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes
on while driving P. 538

●

Comes on along with the brake system
indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a
safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The
brake pedal becomes harder to operate.
Depress the pedal further than you normally
do.
Comes on along with the ABS indicator
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 538

●

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system starts.
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.

●

Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 537

Message

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

75 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

U.S.
●

Canada

Electric Parking
Brake Indicator
●

●

Electric Parking
Brake System
Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off if the parking brake has
been released.
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is
released.
Comes on for about 15 seconds then
goes off when you pull the electric
parking brake switch with the power
mode in OFF.
Comes on for about 15 seconds then
goes off when you set the power
mode to OFF with the parking brake
applied.

●

Blinks and the electric parking brake
system indicator comes on at the same
time - There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake
may not be set.

Comes on when you press the
electric parking brake switch without
depressing the brake pedal.

●

Depress the brake pedal to release the
parking brake.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the electric parking brake system.

●

Message

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Parking Brake P. 419

Comes on while driving - Avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator Comes On P. 539

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

76 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
Instrument Panel

U.S.

Canada

●

Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when the automatic brake
hold system is on.
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when the automatic brake
hold is activated.

Explanation

Message

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

77 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Canada

Brake System
Indicator (Amber)

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds
and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a
dealer immediately.
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.

Message

U.S.

Instrument Panel

●

U.S.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with a
system related to braking other than
the conventional brake system.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the cooperative control with
regenerative braking, the electric
servo brake system, or the hill start
assist system.

Explanation

Canada

(Amber)

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

78 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

POWER
SYSTEM
Indicator
Instrument Panel

●

READY Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric vehicle system.

Explanation
●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

Comes on when the vehicle is
ready to drive.
2 Turning on the Power P. 364

Message

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

79 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the power system for 10 minutes or more,
and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the
vehicle to a dealer.

Message

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 559

●

Instrument Panel

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off either
when the power system is on or after
several seconds if the power system
did not turn on. If “readiness codes”
have not been set, it blinks five times
before it goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control system.
Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s
cylinders is detected.

Explanation

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 538
●

12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system is on.
Comes on when the 12-volt battery
is not charging.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On P. 537

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

80 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
Gear Position
Indicator

On/Blinking
●

Explanation

Indicates the current gear selection.

2 Shifting P. 371

Instrument Panel

●

The indicated current gear selection
blinks if there is a problem with the
transmission system.

●

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and
stop in a safe place immediately.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

All the gear positions may light for
several seconds, and go off.

●

When all the gear positions light,
immediately stop your vehicle in a safe
place.
Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your
vehicle to a dealer for inspection.

●

Transmission
Indicator

●

The indicated current gear selection
or all the gear positions blink if there
is a problem with the transmission
system, and the vehicle no longer
moves.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The indicated current gear selection
or all the gear positions blink if you
cannot select (P due to the
transmission system failure.

●

The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.

2 Emergency Towing P. 548

2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message
P. 541
●
●

Set the parking brake when parking.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.

Message
—

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

81 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
●

●

Low Fuel
Indicator

●

Message

Comes on when the manual
sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 376

●

Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator

Explanation

Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you set the power mode to ON.
If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on
about a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not fastened
a seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.

●

Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.8 U.S.
gal/7.0 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.

●

—
Instrument Panel

M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator

On/Blinking

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten
their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt A detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 37

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

82 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

●

Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
If it comes on at any other time, there
is a problem with the ABS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability
but no anti-lock function.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system is on.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 424

2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 539

Message

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

83 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to
prevent overheating.

●

Stays on while driving - Immediately stop
in a safe place and allow the engine to cool.

Message

Instrument Panel

High
Temperature
Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays on if
the temperature continues to rise.

Explanation

2 Overheating P. 535

●

Low Temperature
Indicator

●

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator

●
●

●

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) OFF
Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when the engine coolant
temperature is low.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Blinks when VSA® is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.

If the indicator stays on after the engine has
reached normal operating temperature,
there may be problem with the temperature
sensors. Have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer.

—

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 408

2 VSA® OFF Button P. 409

—

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

84 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●

●

System Message
Indicator

* Not available on all models

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if the tire pressure of any
of the tires becomes significantly
low.
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire * is temporarily installed.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.

●

Message

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted
with a compact spare *, get your regular tire
repaired or replaced and put back on your
vehicle as soon as you can.

While the indicator is on, roll the right
selector wheel to see the message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
The multi-information display does not return
to the normal screen unless the warning is
canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled.

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

85 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators

●

Lights On
Indicator

Fog Light
Indicator

●

Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO when the exterior
lights are on.

Comes on when the fog lights are
on.

●

Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn
signal light bulb has blown. Change the
bulb immediately.

Message

—

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480, 481, 482

Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.

●

Immobilizer
System Indicator

Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
Blink if you press the hazard warning
button.

Explanation

●

—

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior
lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.

—

Blinks - You cannot start the power system.
Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK), then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.

Instrument Panel

High Beam
Indicator

On/Blinking

—

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

86 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Explanation

Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.

Security System
Alarm Indicator

2 Security System Alarm P. 149

—

Instrument Panel

Indicator
●

Keyless Access
System Indicator

●

SPORT Mode
Indicator

Message

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access system
or keyless starting system.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when you press the
SPORT button.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 SPORT Mode P. 378

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

87 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the RDM system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.

Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator

Message

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381
●

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

88 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
(LSF) Indicator
(Amber)

●

Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
(LSF) Indicator
(Green)

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC with LSF.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents the
sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.

●

Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.

●

Comes on if the temperature inside
the camera is too high.
ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.

●

Explanation

●

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383
●

●

Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down. Pressing the MAIN button can
resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383

Message

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

89 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
●

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.

●

Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.

●

Comes on if the temperature inside
the camera is too high.
The LKAS has been automatically
canceled.

●

Explanation
●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.

2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 401
●

●

Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)

Message

—

Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down. Pressing the LKAS button can
resume the system.

Instrument Panel

Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)

On/Blinking

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 401
●

●

Comes on when the area around the
camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

90 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

●

Blind Spot
Information (BSI)
Indicator

Collision
Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Stays on while BSI is turned off.
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

—

●

Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
P. 412

●

Comes on if there is a problem with
the system.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBSTM. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBSTM.

●

Stays on constantly without the
CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.

●

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 426

Message

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

91 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Explanation

Comes on when the CMBS
shuts itself off.

system

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.

Collision
Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.

Instrument Panel

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381
●

Message

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 426
●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

92 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the
system message indicator on.
Message

Condition
●

Appears when the washer fluid is low.

Explanation
●

Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 479

Instrument Panel

●

Appears if there is a problem with e-pretensioner
system.

●

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.

●

Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.

●

2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display P. 465

●

●
●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the
vehicle on uphill.
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P .
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

93 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the
12-volt battery.

●

Appears when the starter system has a problem.

●

As a temporary measure, press and hold the POWER
button for up to 15 seconds while depressing the brake
pedal and manually turn on the power system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the
brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

●

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 497

Instrument Panel

U.S.

Explanation

Canada

—

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

94 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the keyless access remote inside the
vehicle.

●

Appears when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak.

●

Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak
to turn on the power system or the key is not within
operating range to turn on the power system.
A beeper sounds six times.

●

Appears three seconds after you bring the keyless
access remote in front of the POWER button when To
Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button appears. To
Start Vehicle: Brake + Push appears sequentially.

●

Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.

Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 157

Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 498

Bring the keyless access remote in front of the POWER
button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 530

Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of
the POWER button, this message does not appear.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 530

2 Turning on the Power P. 364

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

95 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition

Explanation

Appears when you turn the power system on with the
transmission not in (P .

●

Press the (P button.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position after
the position has automatically been changed to (P with
the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt
unfastened.

●

Press the (P button if you leave the vehicle.

●

Appears when you set the power mode to ON without
fastening the driver’s seat belt.
Appears when you change the gear position after (P
has been automatically selected with the driver’s door
open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake
pedal is released.

●

Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.

●

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

●

Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
a shift button.

●

Instrument Panel

●

2 Shift Operation P. 373

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

96 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

●

Instrument Panel

●
●

Explanation

Appears when the parking button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is
reversing.

●

Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.

Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.
Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking
brake.
Continue driving if the message goes off soon after.
If there is a problem with the transmission system, the
transmission indicator comes on.

●
●

2 Transmission Indicator P. 80
●

Appears when you change to (N , and press the
POWER button within five seconds.

●

The gear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then
automatically switches to (P .
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position (car wash mode) P. 374

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the
vehicle may roll unintentionally.

●

Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 373

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

97 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic vehicle
alerting system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the radiator system.

●

Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

●

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.

●

Appears while driving - The low beam headlights
may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive
safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system.

●

Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even
after you clean the area, have the system checked by a
dealer.

●

Continued

Instrument Panel

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.
The beeper sounds.

●

Models with
parking sensor
system

Explanation

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

98 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition

Instrument Panel

●

Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.

●

Explanation
●

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the
automatic brake hold is in operation.

●

Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 422
2 Parking Brake P. 419

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

99 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Appears after the 12-volt battery charging system
indicator comes on.

Explanation
●

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature is
too low to operate (approx. -22°F [-30°C] or below).

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery and other
system control temperatures are too low to operate
(approx. -40°F [-40°C] or below).

●

Appears when the rear motor fluid temperature is
extremely low.

●

You can start the engine and use the climate control
system to warm up the interior, which will also warm
the High Voltage battery enough for you to drive the
vehicle.
The engine speed does not increase even if you fully
depress the accelerator pedal.

Instrument Panel

●

Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
Contact a dealer immediately.

You must wait for an increase in the ambient
temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
Consult a dealer.
The vehicle speed is temporarily limited up to 74 mph
(120 km/h). This is canceled after the fluid temperature
rises.

Continued

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

100 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition

Explanation

Instrument Panel

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature is
extremely low or high.

●

Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration, or abrupt
steering wheel operation until the message disappears.

●

Appears if the AWD system has a problem due to a
hybrid system or power distribution control failure.

●

Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
appears again.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery is running
extremely low due to continuous slow driving.

●

Driving at low speed for a long time decreases the
amount of electricity generated, leading to High
Voltage battery drain.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery is drained even
further and a stop is needed to charge the battery.

●

Stop in a safe place in (P , then charge the High Voltage
battery by idling the engine.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 537

●

100

Appears while the High Voltage battery is being
charged with the engine running after the vehicle is
parked with an extremely low battery level.

●

Do not drive the vehicle until Ready To Drive appears.
2 READY Indicator P. 78

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

101 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.

Explanation
●

Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)

●

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.

●

You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/
+/SET/– switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF
is in operation.

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

●

Instrument Panel

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
P. 426
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

Continued

101

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

102 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Instrument Panel

●

102

Explanation

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the transmission is not in (D .

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

103 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the parking brake is applied.

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.

●

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle
is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383
2 Parking Brake P. 419

ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 383

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

Continued

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

103

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

104 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.

Explanation
●
●

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 401

Instrument Panel

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line.

●
●

2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 397

When you selected Warning Only

- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected line.

●

When you selected Normal or Wide

You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected line. The system also steers
the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.

104

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.

●

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.

●

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

●

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously.

●

If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 74

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

105 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Message

Condition
●

Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the power system is on by two-way keyless access
remote.

Explanation

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 366
Instrument Panel

* Not available on all models

105

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

106 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, High Voltage battery
charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power
mode is in ON.

■ Speedometer
Instrument Panel

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

■ Tachometer
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE

You should refuel when the needle approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.

106

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

107 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges

■ High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
Shows the remaining High Voltage battery charge level.

1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

The charge level reading will be corrected
automatically while driving.
Changes in the temperature of the High Voltage
battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charging remains the
same.

Instrument Panel

The High Voltage battery charge level may decrease
under the following conditions:
• When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
• When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
• When the High Voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.

107

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

108 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings
and other helpful information.

■ Switching the Display
Instrument Panel

■ Main displays
Roll the right selector wheel to change the display.

Blank Screen

Instant Fuel Economy/
Average Fuel Economy

Range

Vehicle Settings

Elapsed Time

Turn-by-Turn
Directions

Average Speed

This message shows
when ACC with LSF
and the LKAS are off.

ᵑᵔ

Right Selector Wheel

108

Head-up Display
Content

Tire Pressure for
Each Tire

Engine Oil Life

Compass

Current Mode for
ACC with LSF and
the LKAS

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

109 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Lower displays
Press the TRIP button to change the display.

TRIP

Odometer

Instrument Panel

Outside temperature

TRIP

Trip A

Trip B

TRIP Button

Continued

109

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

110 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

■ Trip Meter
Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.

■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter
is reset to 0.0.

■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the
temperature reading seems incorrect.

1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or
l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset,
the average fuel economy is also reset.

110

1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

111 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Instant Fuel Economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

■ Range

■ Elapsed Time

1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■ Average Speed

Instrument Panel

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

1Average Speed

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.

You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

■ Current Mode for ACC with LSF
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF.
2 To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control P. 395

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

The multi-information display shows a compass when
the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Continued

111

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

112 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Engine Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 463

■ Tire Pressure Monitor
Instrument Panel

Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 414

■ Head-Up Display Content
Shows the display for changing the head-up display content.
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 125

112

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

113 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the right selector
wheel.
2 List of customizable options P. 116
2 Example of customization settings P. 121

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

■ How to customize

Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.

Instrument Panel

Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the right selector wheel while the
power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop.
Push the right selector wheel.

Change to (P before you attempt to change any
customized setting.

Right Selector Wheel
Roll: Changes the
customize menus and
items.
Push: Enters the selected
item.

Continued

Customizing is also available from the audio/
information screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the audio/
information screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 283

113

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

114 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Customization flow
Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings and push the right selector wheel.
Vehicle Settings

Push

Driver Assist System Setup

Push

Instrument Panel

Roll

Meter/Head-up Display
Setup
Push

Roll

Push

Roll
Roll

Driving Position Setup

Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Turn by Turn Display
Display Speed Unit
Memory Position Link

Push
Roll

Roll

Forward Collision Warning Distance
Head-up Warning
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info
Reactive Force Pedal

Steering Wheel Movement At Entry/Exit
Auto Seat Belt Tension

Keyless Access Setup

Push
Roll

Roll

114

* Not available on all models

Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off *

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

115 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Roll

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Push
Roll

Door Setup

Push

Roll

Auto Light Sensitivity
Push

Roll

Wiper Setup

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Folding Door Mirror

Push

Wiper Action

Push

Maintenance Reset

Instrument Panel

Roll

Maintenance Info.
Roll

Default All
Roll

Exit
Continued

115

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

116 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ List of customizable options
Setup Group

Instrument Panel

Driver Assist
System
Setup

*1:Default Setting

116

Customizable Features

Description

Selectable Settings

Forward Collision
Warning Distance

Changes at which distance the CMBSTM alerts.

Long/Normal*1/Short/Off

Head-up Warning

Turns the head-up warning on and off.

On*1/Off

ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a
vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with
LSF range.

On/Off*1

Road Departure
Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation
system.

Normal*1/Wide/Warning
Only

Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended.

On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info

Changes the setting for the blind spot information.

Audible And Visual
Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off

Reactive Force Pedal

Changes the amount of the accelerator pedal resistance
force.

High Force/Low Force*1

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

117 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Setup Group

Customizable Features
Language Selection

Selectable Settings

Changes the displayed language.

English*1/French/Spanish

Adjust Outside Temp.
Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.

When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset*1

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.

When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset*1

Turn by Turn Display

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

Display Speed Unit

Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multiinformation display, and the speed unit on the head-up
display.

km/h/mph*1
(U.S.)
km/h*1/mph
(Canada)

Instrument Panel

Meter/
Head-up
Display
Setup

Description

*1:Default Setting

Continued

117

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

118 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Setup Group

Instrument Panel

Driving
Position
Setup

Keyless
Access
Setup

Lighting
Setup

Customizable Features

Selectable Settings

Memory Position Link

Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.

On*1/Off

Steering Wheel
Movement At Entry/Exit

Moves the steering wheel fully up when you get in/
get out of the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Seat Belt Tension

Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the seat
belt e-pretensioner on and off.

On*1/Off

Door Unlock Mode

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/All Doors

Keyless Access Light
Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep

Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/
Off *

Turns the remote engine start feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Interior Light Dimming
Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight Auto Off
Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity

Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.

Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

*1: Default Setting

118

Description

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

119 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Selectable Settings
With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift
from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens*1/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock
Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/ All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer
Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Auto Folding Door
Mirror

Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.

Auto Fold With Keyless*1/
Manual Only

Instrument Panel

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

Auto Door Lock

Door Setup

Description

*1: Default Setting

Continued

119

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

120 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Setup Group

Instrument Panel

120

Customizable Features

Description

Selectable Settings

Wiper Setup

Wiper Action

Changes the setting for the automatic intermittent
wipers in the AUTO position.

Rain Sensing*1/Intermittent/
Speed Sensitive

Maintenance
Info.

Maintenance Reset

Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.

Cancel/Reset

Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.

Cancel/Set

Default All
*1: Default Setting

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

121 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

■ Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Roll the right selector wheel to select
Vehicle Settings, then push the right
selector wheel.
Instrument Panel

2. Roll the right selector wheel until Meter/
Head-up Display Setup appears on the
display.
3. Push the right selector wheel.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.

Continued

121

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

122 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

4. Roll the right selector wheel until “Trip A”
Reset Timing appears on the display, then
push the right selector wheel.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Roll the right selector wheel and select
When Refueled, then push the right
selector wheel.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.

6. Roll the right selector wheel until Exit
appears on the display, then push the right
selector wheel.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.

122

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

123 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Head-Up Display
Shows the power distribution monitor, current mode for ACC with LSF, tachometer,
gear position indicator, or turn-by-turn directions along with the vehicle speed. You
can choose which item to be displayed using the multi-information display. They are
displayed when the power mode is in ON.

Head-Up Display
4 Button

Press and hold the 3 button
to raise the display.

Instrument Panel

To turn the head-up display on and off: Press the HUD button.
The display can be moved up and down to come level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the 3 or 4 button until
the desired position is reached.

3 Button

HUD Button
Press and hold the 4 button
to lower the display.

Continued

123

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

124 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Lane Departure Warning

Instrument Panel

System Message Indicator

The display also shows the following
warnings.
• System Message Indicator: Appears
when a problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information display
appears at the same time.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning
and Information Messages P. 92

• Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,
the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 401

• Head-up Warning Lights:
Flash when the BRAKE message appears
on the multi-information display.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 426

Come on when the BRAKE message
appears on the multi-information display.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383

124

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

125 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

■ To Change Head-Up Display Content

1To Change Head-Up Display Content

2 Switching the Display P. 108

Accessing the Head-up Display Content menu on
the multi-information display turns on the head-up
display.
When pushing the right selector wheel on any other
display except Vehicle Settings on the multiinformation display, you can also access the Head-up
Display Content menu.

Instrument Panel

To change the item that comes on along with the vehicle speed on the head-up
display, do the following:
1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Headup Display Content on the multiinformation display, then push the right
selector wheel.

Right
Selector
Wheel

Continued

125

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

126 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

2. Roll the right selector wheel to select the vehicle information you want to display,
then push the right selector wheel.
u The head-up display and multi-information display show the same content.

Instrument Panel

Current Mode for ACC with LSF,
Vehicle Speed

Vehicle Speed

Turn-by-Turn Directions,
Vehicle Speed

Tachometer, Gear Position
Indicator, Vehicle Speed

Head-Up Display

MultiInformation
Display
Right
Selector
Wheel

126

Power Distribution Monitor,
Vehicle Speed

Compass, Vehicle Speed

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

127 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

■ Vehicle Speed

1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the
customized features on the multi-information
display.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.

■ Tachometer

Instrument Panel

Shows the number of engine revolutions as a bar graph.

■ Gear Position Indicator
Shows the current gear selection.
2 Gear Position Indicator P. 80

■ Current Mode for ACC with LSF
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF.
2 To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control P. 395

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

The head-up display shows a compass when the
route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Continued

127

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

128 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

■ Power Distribution Monitor

1Power Distribution Monitor

Consists of two monitoring displays, one that indicates the vehicle’s power flow,
and the other, the torque distribution.

■ Power flow monitor
Instrument Panel

Shows motor and engine power flow, indicating what supplies power to the vehicle,
or if the battery is being charged.
Head-up display
Power is
supplied by the
motors and the
engine.
Power is only
supplied by the
motors.

Power is only
supplied by the
engine.

The motors
charge the High
Voltage battery.

128

Power Flow
Indicator

Color of
indicators
Engine Icon
(Engine on)

Engine Icon
(Engine off)

Engine Icon
(Engine on)

Blue

Green

The power distribution monitor can be also displayed
on the audio/information display.
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 225
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the display.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

129 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

■ SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® torque distribution monitor
The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to each
wheel or regenerative energy being supplied to the High Voltage battery.
2 SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
P. 411

How much torque is being
transferred is shown in
four scales. The indicators
appear in blue.

Instrument Panel

Torque Indicator

How much regenerative
braking is being supplied to
the High Voltage battery is
shown in three scales. The
indicators appear in green.

129

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

130

130 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

131 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 132
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 133
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 135
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 136
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 142
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 144
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 145
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 146
Security System ................................ 149
Immobilizer System .......................... 149

Security System Alarm...................... 149
Opening and Closing the Windows .... 152
Opening and Closing the Moonroof ....... 154

Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
POWER Button................................. 155
Turn Signals ..................................... 158
Light Switches.................................. 159
Fog Lights ........................................ 162
Daytime Running Lights ................... 162
Wipers and Washers ........................ 163
Brightness Control ........................... 166
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...168
Driving Position Memory System ...... 169

Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 171
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 172
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175
Front Seats ...................................... 175
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 182
Interior Lights .................................. 182
Interior Convenience Items .............. 184
Climate Control System ................... 200
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......209

131

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

132 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does
not need to be adjusted.
You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the
power mode in ON.

■ Adjusting the Time
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
Controls

System settings
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Hour

Clock Display

132

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate
to select Clock Adjustment,
then press .
5. Rotate
to change hour, then press .
6. Rotate
to change minute, then press
.

1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

133 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:

1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149

■ Keys
■ Keyless access remote
Models without two-way keyless
access remote

Models with two-way keyless
access remote

The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
system may not activate, and the keyless access
system may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.

Controls

Use the keyless access remote to turn on and
off the power system, to lock and unlock the
doors and to open the trunk. You can also use
the keyless access system to lock and unlock
the doors and trunk.

Models with two-way keyless access remote

You can remotely turn the power system on using the
two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback * P. 366

* Not available on all models

Continued

133

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

134 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

Models without two-way keyless
access remote

Release Knob

Built-in Key
Controls

Models with two-way keyless
access remote

Release Knob

Built-in Key

134

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the builtin key, push the built-in key into the keyless
access remote until it clicks.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

135 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

■ Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot activate the
power system, contact a dealer.

Controls

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating
the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
The keyless access remote battery lasts about two
years. This changes by how often you use the remote.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.

135

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

136 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Using the Keyless Access System

Controls

When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and open the
trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the trunk within about
32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk
release button.

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter or keyless access system only when the
power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

1Using the Keyless Access System

• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
•

■ Locking the vehicle
Door Lock
Button

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Press the door lock button on the front or rear
door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.

•
•

•

136

remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while
someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a front or rear door handle wearing
gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or
may not respond by unlocking the doors.
The door may not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

137 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the vehicle

2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 146

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 498
You can customize the door lock mode and keyless
lock acknowledgement setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically
relock.

Controls

Trunk
Release
Button

1Using the Keyless Access System

Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s or rear door
handle:
u All the doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u The beeper sounds.

When you go into the front side of the keyless access
system working range with all the doors locked, the
front and rear door outer handle ambient lights come
on for 30 seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than five minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days.
The feature activates again after you drive the
vehicle, then lock the doors.
The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be
customized using the audio/information screen or
multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Continued

137

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

138 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Remote Transmitter
LED
Unlock
Button

■ Locking the doors
Lock
Button

Controls

LED*1

Unlock
Button

Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.

Lock
Button

1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 182
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.

*1: Checking Door Lock Status * P. 141

138

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

139 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the doors

1Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.

Continued

139

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

140 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
If the keyless remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead of the
keyless remote.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
Lock

When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes
off when you open the hood or select other than (P
before the power mode is set to ON.

Controls

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Unlock

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle, and
any door is open.

140

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

141 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Checking Door Lock Status *
Red
Green
Amber

You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.

Lock Button

1Checking Door Lock Status *
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range of
unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as
the standard keyless access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 138

Controls

When checking the door lock status, you can also
turn the power system on or off.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback * P. 366

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.

* Not available on all models

141

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

142 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
Lock Tab
To Lock

1Using the Lock Tab

■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.

■ Unlocking a door
To Unlock

Controls

142

Pull the lock tab rearward.

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

143 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.

The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.

Inner Handle

Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.

Controls

Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 144

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the multi-information display or audio/information screen.

Continued

143

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

144 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors.
To Lock

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
unlock at the same time.

To Unlock
Controls

Master Door Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.

■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

■ When opening the door
Unlock

Lock

144

Open the door using the outside door handle.

To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

145 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.

■ Auto Door Locking
■ Drive lock mode

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

Controls

■ Driver’s door open mode

145

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

146 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 70
Controls

Using the Trunk Release Button
Pressing the trunk release button on the
driver’s door.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

Trunk Release Button

146

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

147 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter

Trunk
Release
Button

Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

1Using the Trunk Release Button

• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the keyless access remote.
u The beeper sounds.

Trunk
Release
Button

Controls

Using the Remote Transmitter

remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone
else with the remote is within range.
• Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the
trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the
trunk cannot be closed.

Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.

Trunk
Release
Button

147

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

148 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener

Emergency Trunk Opener
Lever

The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Pull the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.

Controls

148

1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

149 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use
electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system with the keyless
access remote.

NOTICE

Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can
result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.

Controls

Security System Alarm

1Immobilizer System

However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then select other
than (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

Continued

149

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

150 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Setting the security system alarm

Controls

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless
access system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or you grab any door handle while carrying the keyless access remote,
or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same
time.

1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the trunk with the trunk release button on
the driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener.
• Selecting other than (P .
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or
keyless access system.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.

150

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

151 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote

Panic
Button

transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
Controls

Panic
Button

■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

151

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

152 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and
close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat.

Controls

When the power window lock button is pushed in, you can only operate the driver’s
window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.

■ Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button

Driver’s
Window
Switch

Indicator

Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches

152

■ Automatic operation

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.

To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverses direction.

The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.

■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

153 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote
To open: Press the unlock button twice
within 10 seconds and hold it down the
second time. If the windows stop midway,
repeat the procedure.

Unlock
Button

Open

Controls

■ Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.

153

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

154 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Opening and Closing the Moonroof
■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
Open
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

Controls

Tilt

The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.

■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.

154

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

3 WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

155 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
POWER Button
■ Changing the Power Mode
Indicator

1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned
off.

ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be used.

Controls

ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Operate the audio system and other accessories
in this position.

Operating Range

You can start the power system when the keyless
access remote is inside the vehicle.
The power system may also start if the keyless access
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start
Button message appears on the multi-information
display.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 530

Without pressing
the brake pedal
Press the button.

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.

Continued

155

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

156 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Automatic Power Off
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the 12-volt battery drain.
When in this mode, you cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or
the keyless access system.
Controls

Press the POWER button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

■ Power Mode Reminder
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.

156

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

157 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Keyless Access Remote Reminder
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the multi-information display notifies the
driver inside that the remote is out.

■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.

When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the power system has been turned on, you can
no longer change the POWER button mode or
restart the power system. Always make sure if the
remote is in your vehicle when you operate the
POWER button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.

Controls

■ When the power mode is in ON

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to go off. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even
if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.

157

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

158 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
Right Turn

The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.

■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
Left Turn
Controls

158

This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

159 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Light Switches
■ Manual Operation
High Beams

1Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.

■ Low beams

If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and rear license plate
lights

When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.

■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.

Do not leave the lights on when the power system is
off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to
discharge.

Controls

Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 85

■ High beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will
sound when you open the driver’s door.

Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the headlights. If you find a
significant change in the vertical angle of the
headlights, there may be a problem with the system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in (P .
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The gear position is changed out of (P .
• The parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.

Continued

159

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

160 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Lighting Control

1Automatic Lighting Control

Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.

The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.

Controls

Light Sensor

You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting
MAX
HIGH
MID
LOW
MIN

The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Bright

Dark

2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

160

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

161 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Headlight Integration with Wipers *
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

1Headlight Integration with Wipers *
This feature activates when the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver's door.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Controls

■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the
switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

* Not available on all models

161

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

162 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights

Fog Lights
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

1Fog Lights
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.

Fog Light Switch
Controls

Daytime Running Lights
The low beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is AUTO, or in
.
• The parking brake is released.
The low beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight switch
is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker
outside.

162

1Daytime Running Lights
U.S. models

The daytime running lights come on dimmer when
the headlight switch is in
than when it is in
AUTO. In AUTO, if the ambient brightness is dark,
the low beam headlights come on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

163 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.

■ MIST
Pull to
use
washer.

The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.

AUTO: Wiper speed varies
automatically
LO: Low speed wipe

Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.

■ AUTO
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers P. 164

HI: High speed wipe

■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
them. Use the defroster to warm the windshield,
then turn the wipers on.

Controls

OFF

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE

■ Wiper switch (OFF, LO, HI)
MIST

1Wipers and Washers

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a
single sweep.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.

Continued

163

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

164 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers

1Wipers and Washers

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.

Controls

Adjustment Ring

The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.

■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rain fall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.

If the wipers stop operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

Rainfall Sensor

Sensor sensitivity
Low sensitivity:
Lower speed, fewer sweeps

High sensitivity:
Higher speed, more sweeps

164

AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situation in order to prevent severe damage
to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

165 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Canadian models

1Headlight Washers

■ Headlight Washers
Headlight
Washer
Button

Turn the headlights on and press the
headlight washer button to operate.
The headlight washers also operate when you
turn the windshield washers for the first time
after the power mode sets to ON.

The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as
the windshield washers.

Controls

165

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

166 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
■ Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
(+ Button

(- Button

When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
To brighten: Press the (+ button.
To dim: Press the (- button.

Controls

You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The multiinformation display will return to its original
state several seconds after you adjust the
brightness.

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it.

166

* Not available on all models

1Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper * is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to
a different display.
If you press the (+ button until the brightness display
is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the
reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

167 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

■ Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
3 Button

4 Button

1Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to
a different display.

HUD Button

Controls

When the head-up display is on, press and hold the HUD button until its brightness
level indicator on the multi-information display.
To brighten: Press the 3 button.
To dim: Press the 4 button.
The multi-information display will return to its
original state several seconds after you adjust
the brightness.

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it.

167

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

168 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.

Controls

168

However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires and antenna
line.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires and antenna line.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the power system is off. This may weaken the 12-volt
battery, making it difficult to turn the power system
on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

169 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two
preset positions.
The steering wheel will move to the stored position when you set the power mode
to ACCESSORY.

DRIVER 1

Using the audio/information screen or multiinformation display, you can disable the automatic
seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment
function.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Controls

The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to
unlock the vehicle when you enter.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

1Driving Position Memory System

DRIVER 2

Continued

169

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

170 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

■ Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2

Controls

SET Button

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the
door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u Once the seat, the steering wheel and
the outside mirror positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.

■ Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons

1. Change to (P .
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ).
u You will hear the beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat, the steering wheel and the door
mirrors will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beep, and the
indicator light stays on.

170

1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.

1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or
(2 ).
• Adjust the seat, the steering wheel or the door
mirror position.
• Shift into any position except (P .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

171 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move
the steering wheel in, out, up or down.
Make sure you can see the instrument panel
gauges and indicators.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.

Controls

Adjustment Switch

171

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

172 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.

1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 175

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*
Controls

When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror and power door
mirrors * reduce the glare from headlights
behind you. Press the auto button to turn this
function on and off. When activated, the auto
indicator comes on.
Sensor
Indicator

172

Auto Button

* Not available on all models

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors *
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in (R .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

173 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors
Selector
Switch

You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.

■ Mirror position adjustment

Folding Button

Adjustment
Switch

■ Folding door mirrors

Controls

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.

Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.

■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

Slide the selector switch to left
or right to tilt down either side
door mirror.

If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you press
back the (R button; this improves close-in
visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you shift
out of (R .
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.

Continued

173

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

174 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

■ Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
■ Folding in the door mirrors
Press the lock button on the keyless access remote, or press the door lock button on
any door.
u The mirrors start folding in automatically.

■ Folding out the door mirrors
Controls

■ Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

Inner Segment

174

You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Folding out the door mirrors

Press the unlock button on the keyless access remote, or grab the door handle on
any door.
u The mirrors start folding out automatically.

Outer Segment

1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function

The driver’s side door mirror has outer and
inner segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.

The door mirrors do not fold out automatically if they
have been folded in using the folding button.

1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s
side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the
rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than
they appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

175 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Allow sufficient
space.

Move back.

■ Adjusting the front power seats

1Adjusting the Seats

3 WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Horizontal
Position
Adjustment

Controls

Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately depress the pedals without
leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Height
Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment

Continued

175

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

176 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

Higher part of
the Lumbar
support

Controls

176

Lower part of
the Lumbar
support

Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch

■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
Press the top: To increase the higher part of
the lumbar support.
Press the bottom: To increase the lower part
of the lumbar support. (The higher part
support is decreased.)
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

177 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.

Controls

The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

3 WARNING

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

177

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

178 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Head Restraints

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

■ Adjusting the Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.

Controls

Position head in the center
of the head restraint.

Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.

■ Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.

178

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any object between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

179 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

Controls

A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3 WARNING

To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.

To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

Always replace the head restraints before
driving.

179

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

180 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power
system is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Controls

180

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

181 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Armrest
■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

Controls

181

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

182 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position
Off

1Interior Light Switches

■ ON

Controls

The interior lights come on regardless whether
the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless
whether the doors are open or closed.

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off
after about 15 minutes.

182

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

183 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

■ Map Lights
Front

The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the
(map light) button.

When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the
(map light) button.

Controls

Rear

1Map Lights

183

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

184 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items
■ Glove Box

1Glove Box

Press the release button to open the glove
box.

3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

Controls

Release Button

Glove Box

■ Removable shelf

Tab

The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.

Shelf

The removable shelf can be stored upside
down in the glove box.

184

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

185 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Valet Mode

1Valet Mode

You can lock the glove box, trunk, and/or
navigation system, entering a PIN code from
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

Controls

To lock:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Valet.
3. Select the item you want to be PINprotected from the locked area, then select
OK.

If you need to give the key to someone else, lock the
cover in the rear center seat-back first, and give the
keyless access remote without a built-in key as a valet
key.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

Locked Area

Continued

185

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

186 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

4. The previous code is displayed. Select OK.
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the display. Select OK.

Controls

When you enter the PIN code for the first time
or if you want to change the code:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Valet.
3. Select the item you want to be PINprotected from the locked area, then select
OK.
4. Enter your selected four-digit PIN code,
then select OK.
5. You will be asked to enter the same fourdigit PIN code again. Enter, then select OK.
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the display. Select OK.
To unlock:
1. Select Valet.
2. Select Unlock.
3. Enter the four-digit PIN code you have
previously selected, then select OK.

186

1Valet Mode
The PIN code entering screen also appears when you
press:
• The glove box open button
• The trunk release button on the driver's door, on
the trunk, or on the remote
While the glove box or the trunk is PIN-protected.
If you have locked all the items of the locked area, the
PIN code entering screen appears with the power
mode in ACCESSORY.
You can cancel the valet mode when you manually
open the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550
If you have only set Navi, Phone, Audio PINprotected but forgot your four-digit PIN code, you
need to go to a dealer to have the set valet mode
reset.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

187 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Console Compartment

1Console Compartment

Your vehicle has a multi-function center
console. It includes a storage compartment,
an armrest, and a sliding tray.

The console compartment light comes on when the
parking lights are on.

Push the button on either side of the console
compartment to open the console
compartment.

Button

Sliding
Tray

You can put small items in the sliding tray
located in the console compartment lid. To
use the tray, push the button, then slide the
console compartment lid out fully. To close
the lid, push the button. It is automatically slid
back.

Continued

Controls

Button

187

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

188 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Center Pocket
Slide the lid using the release tab to use the
center pocket.
To close it, push the release tab. It is
automatically slid back.

Controls

188

Tab

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

189 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders
NOTICE

■ Front seat beverage holders
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.

Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

Push

Controls

■ Front door beverage holders

■ Rear seat beverage holders
The rear beverage holders are in the rear seat
armrest. Open the beverage holders by pulling
the latch up on the front.

Latch

Continued

189

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

190 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Accessory power socket (center pocket)
Open the lid and the cover to use it.

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.

Controls

To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power
socket with the power system on.

■ Accessory power socket (console
compartment)
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

190

When both sockets are being used, the combined
power rating of the accessories should not exceed
180 watts (15 amps).

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

191 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Coat Hooks

1Coat Hooks

There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.

Continued

Controls

There is a coat hook on the door pillar of both
sides.

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.

191

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

192 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Tie-down Anchors
Hook

1Tie-down Anchors

The tie-down anchors on the trunk floor can
be used to install a net for securing items.

Controls

■ Cargo Hooks

1Cargo Hooks

The cargo hooks in the trunk can be used to
install a net for securing items.

Hook

192

Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,
placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far
forward as possible.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 361

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

193 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Cargo Area

1Cargo Area

Tiered Storage Area

In addition to the larger cargo area, the trunk
incorporates a small shelf above the High
Voltage (HV) battery module that can carry up
to 15 lbs (7 kg). Do not exceed this capacity.

NOTICE

Heavy objects may damage the trunk shelf.
Make sure any items put on the shelf weigh less than
15 lbs (7 kg).

The cargo net can be used to help hold down
items stored in the trunk.
Controls

Cargo Net

In the event a flat tire, a tire repair kit is
provided beneath the trunk floor.
2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 511

Continued

193

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

194 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Heated Steering Wheel *

1Heated Steering Wheel *

The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.

Controls

When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.

194

The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the
vehicle.

* Not available on all models

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the power system is off. Under such conditions,
the 12-volt battery may be weakened, making the
power system difficult to start.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

195 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Front Seat Heaters *

1Front Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.

3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

* Not available on all models

Continued

Controls

Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.

195

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

196 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation *
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters and ventilation.

3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.

Controls

196

1Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation *

Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation
button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

* Not available on all models

Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the power system is off. Under such
conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,
making the power system difficult to start.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

197 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Rear Seat Heaters *

1Rear Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.

Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.

Controls

There is no heater in the rear center seating
position.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

3 WARNING

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.

■ Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.

You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
Push

* Not available on all models

Continued

197

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

198 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Power Rear Sunshade *

1Power Rear Sunshade *

The power rear sunshade can be operated with the power mode in ON.
To raise: Press the button.
Front
To lower: Press the button again.
If the sunshade stops while moving, check for
and clear any obstacles, then push the button
again.
Controls
Rear

198

* Not available on all models

3 WARNING
Opening or closing the sunshade on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the sunshade before opening or closing it.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

199 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Expanded Rear Door Sunshades *
Hook

* Not available on all models

Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and possibly
hurting anyone sitting near the window.

Controls

Tab

Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.

1Expanded Rear Door Sunshades *

199

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

200 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed
while using the climate control system in AUTO, the
function of the button/icon that was pressed will take
priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.

Controls

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.

Driver’s Side
Temperature

Passenger’s
Side
Temperature

Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch

Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Switch

(On/off) Button

AUTO Button

Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control switch.
3. Press the
(on/off) button to cancel.
In addition to the button/switch operations, you can control the climate control
system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.

200

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the
button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate
control settings are turned to the respective mode
automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
The High Voltage battery level being low may reduce
the climate control system performance.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

201 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1Using Automatic Climate Control
You can store two customized climate control
settings to the system and recall them from the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 Shortcuts P. 218

On Demand Multi-Use Display

A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air mode
Icon
Passenger’s Side
Vent Mode Icon

Driver’s Side
Temperature Control
Icon

Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control
Icon

Controls

Driver’s Side
Vent Mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

Continued

201

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

202 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Changing the interior temperature setting
The side you selected.

Controls

202

Temperature Bar

1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side
temperature control.
2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your
desired temperature setting is.
Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the
right for a higher setting.
3/4: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold 3/4, the
temperature decreases or increases.
MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down
the interior.
u The AUTO indicator comes on. The
setting returns to the previously selected
value when you select it again.
MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the
interior.
u The AUTO indicator comes on. The
setting returns to the previously selected
value when you select it again.

1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
When you set the MAX COOL or MAX HEAT, MAX
COOL or MAX HEAT is displayed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

203 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Switching the vent mode
The side you selected.

1Switching the vent mode

1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side vent
mode.
2. Select a desired vent mode icon, or Driver
Mode Auto (driver’s side)/Passenger
Mode Auto (passenger’s side): The system
automatically selects the vent mode most
suitable to the ambient environment.

Controls

Vent mode
: Dashboard vents and back of the center
console
: Dashboard and floor vents, and back of
the center console
: Floor vents
: Floor and defroster vents (driver’s side
only)

While the climate control system is in AUTO, Driver
Mode Auto or Passenger Mode Auto is
highlighted.

■ A/C on and off
1. Select A/C.
2. Select ON or OFF.

Continued

203

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

204 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ SYNC on and off

Controls

■ Changing the fan speed

Fan Speed Level Indicators

204

1SYNC on and off

1. Select SYNC.
2. Select ON for synchronized mode, and OFF
for dual mode.
u When in synchronized mode, the
passenger’s side temperature and vent
mode become the same as the driver’s
side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the
mode from the driver’s side.

1. Select
.
2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is
for a slower speed, and the larger for a
faster speed.
(+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a
time.
Fan AUTO: The system automatically
selects the fan speed most suitable to the
ambient environment.

When you press the
button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and vent mode, and the passenger’s
side temperature and vent mode can be set
separately.
You can also return to dual mode by changing the
passenger’s side temperature or switching the vent mode.
The system adjusts each temperature based on the
information of the sunlight sensor and the sun
position updated by the navigation system’s GPS.
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan
AUTO is highlighted.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

205 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

1Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

1. Select
,
or
currently
shown.
2. Switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions to the following:

Continued

Controls

(recirculation mode): Recirculates air
from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(auto mode): Automatically switch
between the recirculation and fresh air modes
most suitable to environmental conditions. If
the ambient temperature is low, the mode
may not change to recirculation to keep the
windows from fogging up.
(fresh air mode): Maintains outside
ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.

While the climate control system is in AUTO,
highlighted.

205

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

206 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Shortcuts

1Shortcuts

You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode
settings to the climate control system.
To store a set of the climate control settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Adjust the climate control system to your
preference.
2 Climate Control System P. 200
Controls

3. Select Climate.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Add.
6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
store your settings to.
To recall one of the settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.
To delete a preset:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
delete.

206

You can also store a set by pressing and holding the
preset number you want to store that setting after
step 3.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

207 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the
button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
Controls

1To rapidly defrost the windows

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the
button.
2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the recirculation
and fresh air modes P. 205

Continued

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.

207

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

208 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Rear Temperature Control Dial
Dial up to raise
the temperature.

Controls

Position of driver’s
temperature
Dial down to lower
the temperature.

208

Rear
Temperature
Control Dial

You can set the rear passenger compartment
temperature different than the driver’s, using
the rear temperature control dial.

1Rear Temperature Control Dial
The rear temperature can be adjusted when the
climate control system is on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

209 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

Sensor

Controls

Sensor

209

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

210

210 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

211 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 212
USB Port .......................................... 213
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 213
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 214
Audio Remote Controls.................... 215
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 216
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 217
Audio/Information Screen ................ 225
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 230
Display Setup ................................... 231
Voice Control Operation .................. 232
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 237

Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 242
Playing a CD .................................... 245
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio.... 248

Playing an iPod ................................ 258
Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 262
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 266
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 269
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 272
Audio Error Messages
CD Player......................................... 274
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio............ 275
iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 276
Pandora® ......................................... 277
AhaTM Radio..................................... 278

General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service ................... 279
Recommended CDs ......................... 280
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash
Drives .................................................282

Customized Features ............................283
Defaulting All the Settings........................306
Deleting all HDD Data ..............................307

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .......308
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 310
HFL Menus ...................................... 312
AcuraLink® ............................................349

211

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

212 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
See the Navigation System Manual for information on the navigation system.

1About Your Audio System

The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio, USB flash drives,
and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.

SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 279

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

iPod

SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM
Radio, Inc.

Features

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
Remote Controls

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.

212

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

213 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port

USB Port
Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.

1USB Port

• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

Auxiliary Input Jack

Features

•

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

1Auxiliary Input Jack

Use the jack to connect standard audio
devices.

You can return to the AUX mode by selecting
Change Source on the Audio menu screen or
Audio Source on the On Demand Multi-Use
DisplayTM.

1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.

213

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

214 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the
system may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
Features

214

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

215 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Left Selector Wheel
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® CD HDD USB
iPod Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * AhaTM
AUX

1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

Features

Left Selector Wheel
Roll Up: To increase the volume.
Roll Down: To decrease the volume.
Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.
• When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station.
Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to a CD, HDD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Move to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
Move to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
• When listening to a CD, HDD or USB flash drive
Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.
Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora® *
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next station.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.

215

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

216 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or MENU button to
BACK Button
MENU Button
access some audio functions.
Press
to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.

Button

Features

216

Interface Dial

Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection. Move right, left, up or down to
select a secondary menu.
MENU button: Press to select any mode. The
available mode includes Sound, Change
Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset,
Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes.
Play modes can be also selected from Scan,
Random/Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press
once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press
, the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.

1Audio System Basic Operation
Voice Control System
The navigation system is voice operable.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate

to select.

Press

to enter.

Move

to select a secondary menu.

Audio Menu Items
2 Sound P. 230
2 Refresh Station List P. 239
2 Save Preset P. 238, 244
2 Radio Text P. 240
2 Music Search P. 246, 250, 260, 270
2 Scan P. 240, 247, 251, 271
2 Random/Repeat P. 247, 251, 261, 271
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

217 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.

1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.

■ Selecting an Audio Source

Select X to go back to the previous screen.

Select Audio Source.

Use the

icons to turn the page.

1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source icons displayed.

Features

Source List Icons

Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio
source.

■ Displaying the Menu Items
1. Select Audio Source,
, then Edit Order.
2. Select two icons, then select Done.
The locations of these icons are switched.
To go back to the original display order, select
Default.

Select More.

Menu Items

Select More to display the menu items.
Continued

217

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

218 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

■ Shortcuts
Shortcuts Icon

Features

218

1Shortcuts

You can preset the settings of four categories
(Places, Phone, Climate, Audio) from
Shortcuts.

The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected
from the power source, such as when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected or goes dead.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

219 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

■ Places

1Places
See the Navigation System Manual for how to store
address book entries, and enter your home address.

Features

You can store up to six addresses, and the home address for your preset
destinations.
To store an address on the selected preset
number:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
4. Select Add.
u All the six preset icons appear.
5. Select the preset number to which you
want to store an address.
6. The screen changes to a list of addresses
stored in your address book.
7. Select an address you want to store as a
preset.
To enter one of the preset addresses, or
Home as your destination:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select a preset number or Home.
u The system starts to calculate the route
to your selected destination.

Continued

219

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

220 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

To delete a preset address:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset number with the destination you want to delete.

Features

220

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

221 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

■ Phone

1Phone
Dial icon
You can make a call using the keyboard on the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number
P. 337

Features

You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset
numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle‘s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 316
To preset a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset.
u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries.
6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select a preset number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued

221

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

222 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

To delete a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Delete.
6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.

Features

222

To make a call from call history:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Call History.
4. Select a phone number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or
missed calls.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

223 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

■ Audio

1Audio

You can store up to six radio stations, and HDD audio album/play lists when playing
AM, FM, or SiriusXM® radio, or HDD audio.
To preset a station or song:
1. Tune to a radio station or select a song from
HDD audio.

You can also preset a station or song by pressing and
holding the preset icon you want to store that station
or song after step 3.

2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237
2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 242
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
P. 248

Features

2. Select Shortcuts.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station or song to.
To play a preset station or song:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station or song:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
or a song you want to delete.
Continued

223

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

224 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

■ Adjusting the Sound

1Adjusting the Sound

1. Select More, then Sound.
2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.

Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 230
Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound by selecting
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

1Changing the Screen Settings

Features

■ Changing the Screen Settings
1. Select More, then Screen Settings.
2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.

The following are adjustable screen settings:
• Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Black Level
• Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime
modes.
• Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
• Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
• Vibration
Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the
screen.
• Fade Timer
Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.

224

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

225 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.

■ Switching the Display
Press the NAV, PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding
display.

Navigation

Phone

Info

Audio

NAV
Button

PHONE
Button

INFO
Button

AUDIO
Button

NAV
Button

PHONE
Button

INFO
Button

Features

Models with surround view
camera system

AUDIO
Button

Models without surround view
camera system

Continued

225

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

226 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.

■ Navigation
Shows the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■ Phone
Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310

■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate
to select an item, then press .
Features

■ Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, instant and average fuel economy, and EV/total drive of the
current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

■ Deleting the history manually
1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .
2. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate
to select Yes,
then press .

■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

226

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

227 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Power Distribution Monitor
Engine Icon
Torque
Indicator

Torque
Indicator

1Power Distribution Monitor

Consists of two monitoring displays, one that
indicates the vehicle’s power flow, and the
other, the torque distribution.

The power distribution monitor is also displayed on
the head-up display. See Power Distribution
Monitor on P. 128 for details.
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the display.

Features

High Voltage
Battery
Charge Level
Gauge

Power Flow Indicator

The High Voltage battery charge level gauge shows
the current High Voltage battery charge level.
The amount shown here is the same level as the
gauge amount shown in the instrument panel.
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
P. 107

Continued

227

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

228 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.
2 USB Port P. 213

Features

228

2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
4. Move
or
to select the Clock tab.
5. Rotate
to select Clock/Wallpaper
Type, then press .
6. Move
to select Wallpaper.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
7. Move to select Add New Wallpaper, then
press .
8. Rotate
to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
9. Press , then move to select Start
Import.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•
•
•
•

•
•

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
The individual file size limit is 6 MB.
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
Up to 255 files can be selected.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

229 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper

1Wallpaper Setup

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then press .
3. Move
or
to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate
to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
5. Move
to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate
to select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
7. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Rotate
to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Preview
and press
to see a preview at full-size screen.

Features

■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then press .
3. Move
or
to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate
to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
5. Move
to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate
to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
7. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Rotate
to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
9. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

To go back to the previous screen, press
OK, or press the BACK button.

to select

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.

229

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

230 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Sound, then press
Rotate
choices:

to scroll through the following
Bass

MENU Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

2 Adjusting the Sound P. 224

Fader
Features

Balance
Center
Subwoofer

DTS Neural
Surround

230

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.

Treble

SVC

1Adjusting the Sound

Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

231 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

■ Changing the Screen Brightness

1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Display tab.
4. Rotate
to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate
to adjust the setting.
Features

■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate
to select Background Color,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select the setting you want,
then press .

231

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

232 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation of most of
the navigation system functions.
The voice control system uses the
(Talk) and
(hang-up/back) buttons on the
steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.

1Voice Control Operation

■ Voice Recognition

1Voice Recognition

To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice commands.
Features

2 Voice Portal Screen P. 233

• Close the windows and moonroof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
• Refer to the Voice Help feature.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

232

When you press the
button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.

The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

233 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Voice Portal Screen

■ Voice Help

This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone call command, the screen will
change the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the phone.
• Call
• Call

You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Navigation Commands
• Useful Commands
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• On Screen Commands
• Music Search Commands
• General Commands
• Climate Control Commands
• All Commands
• Voice Settings
• Getting Started

■ Music Search
When the
(Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
You can see the list of commands in Voice
Info on the Info menu screen. Select Info,
then select
.

This can be only used when the iPod or HDD
device is connected.

Features

■ Phone Call

■ Navigation
The screen changes the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.

Continued

233

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

234 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Audio

Features

When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
• Audio On*1
• Audio off*1
• FM
• AM
• SXM
• Disc
• HDD
• USB
• iPod
• Bluetooth® Audio
• Pandora *
• Aha
• AUX
2 Audio Commands P. 235

*1: These commands toggle the function
on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.

■ Climate Control
The screen changes the climate control
screen.
2 Climate Control Commands P. 236

234

* Not available on all models

■ Useful Commands

■ Phone Commands

The system accepts these commands on the
voice portal top screen.
• Call
• Call
• What time is it?
• What is today's date?

The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call
• Call

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

235 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Audio Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.

■ Radio FM Commands
• Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• Radio FM preset <1-12>

■ Radio AM Commands

■ Radio SXM Commands
• SXM channel <1-999>
• Radio SXM preset <1-12>

■ Disc Commands

•
•
•
•
•

iPod play
iPod play track <1-30>
Music Search
What album is this?
What am I listening to?

• USB play
• USB play track <1-30>

■ Bluetooth® Audio Commands
• Bluetooth® Audio play
NOTE:
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio
devices.

■ Pandora Commands *

■ HDD Commands

■ Aha Commands

HDD play
HDD play track <1-30>
Music Search
What album is this?
What am I listening to?

* Not available on all models

The system accepts the the voice command
operation of the voice recognition screen.

■ USB Commands

• Disc play
• Disc play track <1-30>

•
•
•
•
•

■ On Screen Commands

Features

• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM
• Radio AM preset <1-6>

■ iPod Commands

• Pandora play

• Aha radio play

■ AUX Commands
• AUX play

Continued

235

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

236 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Music Search Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
Music Search screen.

■ Using Song By Voice
Song By VoiceTM is a feature that allows you
to select music from your iPod or HDD
device using Voice Commands. To activate
this mode, you must press the
(Talk)
button and say: “Music Search”.
Features

■ Song By Voice Commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Music Search
What am I listening to?
Who am I listening to?
Who is this?
What's playing?
Who's playing?
What album is this?

■ Play Commands
•
•
•
•
•
•

Play artist
Play album
Play song
Play composer
Play genre
Play playlist

■ List Commands
•
•
•
•
•

List artist
List album
List composer
List genre
List playlist

■ General Commands
• What time is it?
• What is today's date?

■ Climate Control Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
Climate control screen.
• Climate Control Automatic
• Climate Control On*1
• Climate Control Off*1
• Air conditioner On*1
• Air conditioner Off*1
• Defrost On*1
• Defrost Off*1
• Vent
• Dash and Floor
• Floor Vents
• Floor and Defrost
• Fan Speed Up
• Fan Speed Down
• Fan Speed <1-7>
• Temperature Up
• Temperature Down
• Temperature Max Heat
• Temperature Max Cool
• Temperature <57-87> Degrees (U.S.)
• Temperature <18-32> Degrees (Canada)
*1: These commands toggle the function
on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.

236

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

237 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.

Preset Icons
Select to store a station.
To listen to a stored channel, select
1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Models with HD RadioTM feature
iPod/iPhone

TAG
Select to tag the song if it is played on
an HD RadioTM station. The iPod/iPhone
should be connected to the audio
system to store the tagged song
information on your device.

Features

Tune
Select to switch to tune mode.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

More
Select to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to search up
and down the selected band for
a station with a strong signal.

Tune Up/Down Icons
Select or to tune the radio frequency.

Scan
Select to sample each of the
strongest stations on the selected
band for 10 seconds.

MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.

BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

Continued

237

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

238 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
Interface Dial

1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Move
or
to select the Preset tab.
3. Rotate
to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold
for a few seconds.

Features

You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate
to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.

1Playing AM/FM Radio
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 215
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the Audio
menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

238

Models with HD RadioTM feature

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and
"Arc" logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

239 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio Data System (RDS)

1Playing AM/FM Radio

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Move
tab.
2. Rotate
.

to select the Station List

to select the station, then press

Features

■ Manual update

Models with HD RadioTM

iTunes Tagging
“iTunes” in “iTunes Tagging” is a trademark of
Apple Inc.
When an HD RadioTM station is selected, the HD
indicator appears on the audio/information screen
and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
If you want to have the information on the song
played from the HD RadioTM station, select TAG in On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM or select Tag Song in
the menu with the interface dial.
If the iPod/iPhone is connected, the tag is transferred
to the connected device immediately, otherwise the
tag will be transferred when the device is connected
and Tag Song in the menu is selected with Interface
dial.

Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate
to select Refresh Station List, then press .

Continued

239

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

240 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Radio Text, then press .

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press
to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.
Features

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237

To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Models with HD RadioTM

■ Tag song to device
You can store the TAG information in the connected iPod/iPhone.
If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in
the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is
transferred to the iPod/iPhone.
To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Tag Song, then press .
3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.

240

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

241 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Tagged song list
Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Tagged Song List, then press .

■ HD subchannel
Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select HD Subchannel, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a channel from a list, then press

when the subchannel number is displayed.

Features

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Select the

You can also select the channel by the following procedure.
1. Select More.
2. Select HD Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.

241

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

242 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Playing SiriusXM® Radio
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Features

Tune
Select to switch to tune mode.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Preset Icons
Select to store a station.
To listen to a stored channel, select
1-12.
More
Select to display the menu items.

Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to the previous
or next channel.
In channel mode, select and hold
to change the channel rapidly.
Scan
Select to sample each of the
strongest stations on the selected
band for 10 seconds.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

242

Category Up/Down Icons
Select
or
to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

243 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

■ To Play the SiriusXM® Radio

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232

1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 215
2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 217

In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

Interface Dial

2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Channel List, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a channel from a list, then press
On Demand Multi-Use Display

SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.

To change the tune mode:
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select XM Tune Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press

Features

2. Select a channel using the , ,
,
icons on the tune mode screen or
the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select More.
2. Select XM Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

Continued

243

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

244 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
Interface Dial

1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Move
or
to select the Preset tab.
3. Rotate
to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold
for a few seconds.

Features

244

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

245 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

Audio/Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.

Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Random
Select to use a random feature.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Features

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD
slot.

Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track/file.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Continued

245

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

246 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)

NOTICE

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Music Search, then
press .

Features

Folder Selection

3. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a file from the Music Search list.

File Selection

246

1Playing a CD

You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate
or press
to display the song
list.
2. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a file from the list.

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
You can control a CD audio using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

247 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a mode, then press

Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 245

Random/Repeat is selected.

2. Select a mode.

Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select the mode you want to turn off, then press

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 245

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

247

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

248 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have
been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play
the tracks using various search methods.

Audio/Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Features

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Random
Select to use a random feature.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display
or cancel a setting.

248

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD
slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons
Select
to skip to the next playlist/
album, and
to skip to the beginning
of the previous playlist/album.
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change tracks.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
SETTINGS Button
Press to go the Setting menu screen.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

249 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Recording a Music CD to HDD

1Recording a Music CD to HDD

When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically
recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs
directly from the HDD.
2 Customized Features P. 283
Recording Indicator
Album AAA

01 Track AAA

If you turn the power system off or the audio system
is turned off while recording a CD, there may be
pauses between songs when you play back from the
HDD.

10
01’23”

Artist AAA

You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can
mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on
the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 252
2 Editing Track Information P. 255

Recording

You can play music from other sources (e.g.,
SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.

■ Stop Recording
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Cancel Record to HDD, then press

Features

Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available
during recording.

Ready to record

Please note that there is no compensation offered in
the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or
the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.

Clearing the HDD
Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 307

■ Recording a CD Manually
When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be
manually recorded to the HDD.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Rec to HDD, then press .

Continued

249

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

250 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ How to Select a Track from the Music Search List

Features

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a track from the Music Search list.
u Title information is displayed if found in
the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists:
original playlists and user playlists. An
original playlist is automatically created
for each album when a music CD is
recorded. You can customize up to six
user playlists provided on the HDD by
adding tracks from your original playlists.
You can also select a track by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate
or press
to display the song
list.
2. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a track from the list.

250

1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
You can control the HDD audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 262
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded
onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed
using ultra-efficient compression technology;
therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the
original.
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and
cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the display.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 275

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

251 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first track in each album.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the HDD.

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a mode, then press

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
P. 248

Random/Repeat is selected.

■ To turn off a play mode
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select the mode you want to turn off, then press
On Demand Multi-Use Display

Features

2. Select a mode.

Random/Repeat
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Music Search list.
Repeat Artist: Repeats all tracks in the current artist.
Repeat Album: Repeats all tracks in the current
album.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track.
Random in Artist: Plays all tracks in the current artist
in random order.
Random in Album: Plays all tracks in the current
album in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks in random order.

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 248

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

Continued

251

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

252 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Editing an Album or Playlist

1Editing an Album or Playlist

Features

Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current
playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
■ Editing an album
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Albums, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate
to select an album that you want
to edit or delete, then press .
5. To edit an album name:
Rotate
to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
To delete an album:
Rotate
to select Delete, then press

The maximum number of songs in each of the six
user playlists is 999. Adding new songs overwrites
the oldest songs.
The maximum number of original playlists is 999 with
a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding
a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist
will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the
album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a
user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.
The folder retains the playlist name and artist
information.

Icon

To edit track information or delete a track:
Rotate
to select List Tracks, then press
.
2 Editing Track Information P. 255

Select

252

to enter symbols.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

253 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Editing a playlist

To delete a playlist:
Rotate
to select Delete, then press

Features

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Playlists, then press
.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate
to select a playlist that you want
to edit or delete, then press .
5. To edit a playlist name:
Rotate
to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

To edit track information or delete a track:
Rotate
to select List Tracks, then press
.
2 Editing Track Information P. 255

Continued

253

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

254 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Creating a new playlist

Features

254

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Playlists, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select Create New Playlist,
then press .
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM,
then select tracks from the Music
Search list.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

255 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Editing Track Information

To delete a track:
Rotate
to select Delete, then press

Features

Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Tracks, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a track you want to edit
or delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. To edit track information:
Rotate
to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.
using the interface dial or the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Move ,
rotate
to select OK, then press .

Continued

255

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

256 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Displaying Music Information

Features

256

Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing
the Gracenote® Album Info.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Albums, then press .
4. Rotate
to select an album you want to
edit, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select Edit Name, then press
.
6. Move to select Get Music Info, then
press .
u The system starts to access the
Gracenote® Album Info.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

257 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

■ Updating Gracenote® Album Info

To acquire updated files:
• Consult a dealer.
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.
• Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.
Once you perform an update, any information you
edited before will be overwritten or erased.

Features

Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included
with the navigation system.
1. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or
connect the USB flash drive that includes
the update.
2. Press the SETTINGS button in the HDD
mode.
3. Move
or
to select the CD/HDD tab.
4. Rotate
to select Update Gracenote
Album Info, then press .
5. Rotate
to select Update by USB or
Update by CD, then press .
u The system starts updating and the
confirmation message appears on the
screen. Press
to finish.

1Updating Gracenote® Album Info

257

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

258 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port P. 213

Audio/Information Screen

USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.

Album Art
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Features

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Shuffle
Select to use a shuffle feature.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

258

Album Art Icon
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
Album Bar
Select to search for an album.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

259 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select an Album

1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on
models or versions.

Select an album
image.

Select X to go back to the previous screen.

Select the
album bar.
Album Bar

Album Image
Features

1. Select the album bar.
u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select
or
icon to search for an album.
u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.

Continued

259

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

260 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Music Search, then
press .

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
You can control an iPod using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 262
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 276

Features

3. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate
or press
to display the song
list.
2. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a song from the list.

260

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

261 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a mode, then press .

Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 258

2. Select a mode.
Features

■ To turn off a play mode
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select the mode you want to turn off, then press

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 258

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

261

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

262 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.

Setting options:

■ To enable SBV

• On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Song By Voice, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.

Features

262

1Song By VoiceTM (SBV)

are available.

• Off: Disable the feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

263 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

■ Searching for music using SBV

1Searching for music using SBV
Song By VoiceTM Commands List
2 Song By Voice Commands P. 236
NOTE:
Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks
stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 264
Features

1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the
(Talk) button and say “Music
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
HDD and iPod.
3. Press the
button and say a command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’“ to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’“ to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the
(hang-up/back)
button on the steering wheel. The selected
song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the
button and say “Music Search”
again to re-activate this mode.

Continued

263

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

264 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

■ Phonetic Modification

Features

264

Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Song By Voice
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Move and rotate
to select New
Modification, then press .
6. Rotate
to select HDD or iPod, then
press .

1Phonetic Modification
Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By
Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

265 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

Features

7. Rotate
to select the item to modify
(e.g., Artist), then press .
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
8. Rotate
to select an entry (e.g., No
Name), then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, rotate
to select Play,
then press .
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, rotate
to select
Delete, then press .
9. Rotate
to select Modify, then press
.
10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
11. Move to select OK to exit.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the
(Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”

265

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

266 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Compatible phones only

Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
iPhone

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.
Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.

1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.

Audio/Information Screen
Album Art

Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.

Audio Source
Select Pandora® or AhaTM.

USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is
connected.

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

Rating Icon
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.

266

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

267 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

U.S. models

1Playing Internet Radio

■ Pandora® Menu
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Skip Forward
• Bookmark Track
• Play/Pause
• Bookmark Artist
• Station List
• Change Source
• Like
• Sound
• Dislike

■ Operating a menu item

To select Change Source or Sound, press the
MENU button, then press .

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system,
it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure
Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected.

Features

The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate
to select an item and press .

To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876.

1Pandora® Menu
You can control Pandora® using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 277
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.

Continued

267

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

268 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

■ AhaTM Radio Menu

1AhaTM Radio Menu

You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
• Like
• View text
• Dislike
• View list
• Play/Pause
• Reply
• 15sec Back
• Change Source
• 30sec Skip
• Stations
• Sound

■ Operating a menu item
Features

The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate
to select an item and press .
To select Sound, Change Source or
Stations, press the MENU button, then press
.

AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that
organizes your favorite web content into live radio
stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,
location-based services, and audio updates from
social media sites.
You can control AhaTM Radio using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 AhaTM Radio P. 278
The menu items vary depending on the station you
selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app
must be installed on your phone. Visit
owners.acura.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior
to using the service in your vehicle. Visit
www.aharadio.com for more information.

268

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

269 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port P. 213

Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.

Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Random
Select to use a random feature.

BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.

USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.

Folder Up/Down Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder,
and
to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Continued

269

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

270 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Music Search, then
press .

1Playing a USB Flash Drive
You can control a USB flash drive using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 279
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.

Folder Selection
Features

3. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a file from the Music Search list.

File Selection

270

You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate
or press
to display the song
list.
2. Rotate
, move
or , then press
to
select a file from the list.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 276

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

271 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a mode, then press
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 269

Random/Repeat is selected.

2. Select a mode.

Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select the mode you want to turn off, then press

Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 269

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

271

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

272 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 316
Audio/Information
Screen
Audio Source
Select to change
an audio source.
Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on and
off.
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Pause Icon
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Press and turn to
select an item,
then press to set
your selection.
Move up, down,
right and left to
select secondary
menu.

272

Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM

Folder Up/Down
Icons
Select
or
to
change folders.
Play Icon
More
Select to display
the menu items.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change files.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu items.

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
You can control Bluetooth® Audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

273 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.

Features

■ To pause or resume a file
Interface Dial

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select Play or Pause, then press

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Select the play icon or pause icon.

■ Switching to HFL

1Switching to HFL

Press the
(pick-up) button on the steering
wheel to receive a call when Bluetooth® Audio
is playing.

If you receive a call while Bluetooth® Audio is in the
pause mode, it will resume play after ending the call.

2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310

Press the
(hang-up/back) button to end
the call and return to Bluetooth® Audio.

Button
Button

273

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

274 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message
Unplayable File
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject

Cause
Track/file format not supported

Mechanical error

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.

●

Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.

●

2 Protecting CDs P. 281

Mecha Error
Features

274

Solution

●

Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual

Servo error

Check Disc

Disc error

Heat Error

High temperature

●

If the error message reappears, press the
button, and pull out
the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 281

●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

275 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
HDD access error.
Please consult your dealer.

Solution
—
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

The navigation system temperature is too low. For
protection, the system will shut off until it warms up.

The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the
temperature is below approximately -22°F (-30°C). The navigation
system starts up automatically when the display warms up.

Unplayable File

Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be
skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.

Features

The display system temperature is too high. For protection,
the system will shut off until the display cools down.

275

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

276 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

Solution

Features

USB Error

Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.

Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s
Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

Unsupported Version

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry

Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Unplayable File

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
iPod

Appears when the iPod is empty.
USB flash drive

No Data

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
iPod and USB flash drive

Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported

276

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

277 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

U.S. models

Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

Solution

Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.

No stations have been created.
Please create a station on the device.

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.

Unable to save rating.
Unable to save bookmark
or
Unable to skip

Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

No data

Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

PANDORA Unsupported

Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.

PANDORA system maintenance

Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.

Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile device.

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.

Features

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
skip each hour.
predetermined number of times in an hour.

277

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

278 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio

AhaTM Radio
If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error
messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

Features

278

Solution

Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile
device.

Appears when the AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.

Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.
Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

279 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select
until CH 000 and the radio ID
appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.

■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Ch off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Ch unauthorized:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Ch unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or
(800) 852-9696
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or
(877) 209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

Features

Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button repeatedly or
operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.

1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

279

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

280 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

Also includes:

Features

■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

280

1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.
Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing
Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol
together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital
Surround and DTS Neural Surround are trademarks of
DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

281 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs

■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs
NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs

Bubbled/
Wrinkled

●

Using
Printer Label
Kit

Sealed
With Plastic Ring
● Poor quality
Damaged CDs
CDs

Chipped/
Cracked
Small CDs

Warped

Features

●

With Label/
Sticker

Burrs

3-inch
(8-cm)
CD

281

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

282 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus
Features

282

■ USB Flash Drives
•
•
•
•
•

Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

283 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P .

■ How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
Audio/Information Screen

To customize other features, rotate
, move
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 292

Features

SETTINGS Button

Continued

283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

284 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.

Display

System
Settings

Features

284

Default

Sound/
Beep

Bluetooth

Sync Display Brightness
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Guidance Volume
Interface Dial Feedback
Message Auto Reading
Verbal Reminder
Bluetooth Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code

Voice Reco

Guidance Volume
Voice Prompt
Song By Voice
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification

Opening

Sound Volume

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

285 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Clock

Clock/Wallpaper
Type

Clock
Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset
Others

Features

Units
Language
Voice Command Tips
Background Color
Header Clock Display
System Device Information
Factory Data Reset

Continued

285

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

286 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Driver
Assist
System
Setup

Meter/
Head-up
Display
Setup
Features

Vehicle
Settings

* Not available on all models

Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Turn By Turn Display
Display Speed Unit

Driving
Position
Setup

Memory Position Link
Steering Wheel Movement At Entry/Exit
Auto Seat Belt Tension

Keyless
Access
Setup

Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off *

Lighting
Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity

Default

286

Forward Collision Warning Distance
Head-up Warning
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info
Reactive Force Pedal

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

287 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Folding Door Mirror

Door
Setup

Wiper
Setup

Wiper Action

Maintenance Info.
Rear
Camera

Features

Camera
Settings*1

Maintenance Reset
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline

Default
Cross Traffic Monitor

*1: Models with multi-view rear camera

Continued

287

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

288 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Camera
Settings*2

MVCS

Default

Features

*2: Models with surround view camera system (MVCS)

288

Guidelines

Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Automatically show
camera after reverse
Default camera mode in
forward
Default camera mode in
Preferences
reverse
Show camera when
decelerating
Clear parking guideline
automatically
Display
Cross Traffic Monitor

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

289 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Audio
Settings

Recording from CD*1
Recording Quality*1
CD/HDD

HDD Info*1
Update Gracenote Album Info*1
Delete all HDD Data*1

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Device List*1
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Source Select Popup

Other

HD Radio Mode *, *1

Features

Default

Cover Art*1

*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.

* Not available on all models

Continued

289

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

290 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Phone

Connect Phone

Default

Bluetooth Device
List

Disconnect
Edit Bluetooth
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device

Phone
Settings

Features

Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo

Default

Text/Email

Default

290

Add Bluetooth
Device

Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

291 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Navi
Settings

Info
Settings

See the Navigation System Manual.

AcuraLink Msg Notice
Delete AcuraLink Message
AcuraLink Subscription Status

Clock

Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference

Default
Others

Features

AcuraLink

Continued

291

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

292 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ List of customizable options
Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Features

Sound/
Beep

Bluetooth

Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes
with the instrument panel brightness.

Brightness

Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.

—

Contrast

Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen.

—

Black Level

Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.

—

Guidance Volume

Changes the volume of the audio speakers.

—

Interface Dial Feedback

Sets if and when the system reads aloud a
selection made using the Interface Dial.

On/Off/Auto*1

Message Auto Reading

Selects whether the system automatically reads
out messages, and, if selected, whether only
when driving.

On/Off/Auto*1

Verbal Reminder

Turns the verbal reminders on and off.

On*1/Off

Bluetooth Status

Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.

On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and creates a security PIN.

*1:Default Setting

On*1/Off

—

2 Phone Setup P. 316

Edit Pairing Code

292

Selectable Settings

Sync Display Brightness

Display

System
Settings

Description

Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 318

Random/Fixed*1

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

293 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Voice
Reco

Opening

Selectable Settings

Guidance Volume

Changes the volume of the voice prompt.

Voice Prompt

Turns the voice prompt on and off.

On*1/Off

Song By Voice

Turns the Song By VoiceTM on and off.

On*1/Off

Song By Voice Phonetic
Modification

Modifies a voice command for music stored in
the HDD or an iPod.

Phonebook Phonetic
Modification

Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.

Sound Volume

Changes the volume of the system’s startup sound.

Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type

2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 262

Clock Adjustment

—

2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 331

Changes the clock display type.

●
●

Changes the wallpaper type.
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 228

Clock

—

2 Phonetic Modification P. 264

●

Wallpaper

—

Features

System
Settings

Description

—
Analog/Digital*1/
Small Digital/Off
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Metallic

Adjusts Clock.

—

2 Clock P. 132

Clock Format

Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H.

12H*1/24H

Auto Time Zone

Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust
the clock when driving through different time zones.

On*1/Off

*1:Default Setting
Continued

293

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

294 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust
the clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one
hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs.

Clock Reset

Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group.

Units

Changes the distance unit on the navigation map
screen.

mile*1/km (U.S.)
mile/km*1 (Canada)

Language

Changes the display language.

English*1/French/
Spanish

Voice Command Tips

Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.

On*1/Off

Background Color

Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen and the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.

Blue*1/Amber/Red/
Green

Header Clock Display

Selects whether the clock display comes on.

On/Off*1

System Device Information

Displays the system/device information.

Features

Others

Factory Data Reset
Default
*1:Default Setting

294

Selectable Settings

Auto Daylight
Clock

System
Settings

Description

Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 306

Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.

On*1/Off
—

—
—
Default/OK

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

295 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Driver
Assist
System
Setup

Description

Selectable Settings

Forward Collision Warning
Distance

Changes at which distance the CMBSTM alerts.

Long/Normal*1/
Short/Off

Head-up Warning

Turns the head-up warning on and off.

On*1/Off

ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off*1

Road Departure Mitigation
Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.

Normal*1/Wide/
Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.

On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info

Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.

Audible And Visual
Alert*1/Visual Alert/
Off

Reactive Force Pedal

Change the amount of the accelerator pedal
resistance force.

High Force/Low
Force*1

Features

Vehicle
Settings

Customizable Features

*1:Default Setting

Continued

295

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

296 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Features

Vehicle
Settings

Customizable Features

Meter/
Headup
Display
Setup

*1:Default Setting

296

Description

Selectable Settings

Language Selection

Changes the displayed language on the multiinformation display.

English*1/French/
Spanish

Adjust Outside Temp.
Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.

When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.

When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset*1

Turn By Turn Display

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

Display Speed Unit

Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the
multi-information display, and the speed unit on
the head-up display.

km/h/mph*1
(U.S.)
km/h*1/mph
(Canada)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

297 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Driving
Position
Setup

Lighting
Setup

Selectable Settings

Memory Position Link

Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Steering Wheel
Movement At Entry/Exit

Moves the steering wheel fully up when you get
in/get out of the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Seat Belt Tension

Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the
seat belt e-pretensioner on and off.

On*1/Off

Door Unlock Mode

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/
All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep

Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/
Off *

Turns the remote engine start feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Interior Light Dimming
Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.

60seconds/30seconds*1/
15seconds

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.

60seconds/30seconds/
15seconds*1/0seconds

Auto Light Sensitivity

Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.

Max/High/Mid*1/
Low/Min

Features

Vehicle
Settings

Keyless
Access
Setup

Description

*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models

Continued

297

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

298 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Features

Vehicle
Settings

Wiper
Setup
*1:Default Setting

298

Selectable Settings

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

All Doors When
Driver’s Door Opens*1/
All Doors When
Shifted to Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock
Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote.

Driver Door*1/All
Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.

90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds*1

Auto Folding Door Mirror

Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.

Auto Fold With
Keyless*1/Manual Only

Wiper Action

Changes the setting for the automatic
intermittent wipers in the AUTO position.

Rain Sensing*1/
Intermittent/Speed
Sensitive

Auto Door Lock

Door
Setup

Description

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

299 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Vehicle
Settings

Customizable Features
Maintenance
Info.

Maintenance Reset

Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.

—

Default/OK

Fixed Guideline

Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.

On*1/Off

Dynamic Guideline

Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.

On*1/Off

Default

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera group as default.

Default/OK

Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Cross Traffic Monitor

Features

Camera
Settings

Rear
Camera

Selectable Settings

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.

Default

Models with
multi-view
rear camera

Description

*1:Default Setting

Continued

299

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

300 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Description

Selectable Settings

Fixed
Guideline

Sets whether to turn on the reference line
display.

On*1/Off

Dynamic
Guideline

Sets whether to turn on the projection line
display.

On*1/Off

Automatically
show camera
after reverse

Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to
the front view when the gear is shifted out of (R .

On*1/Off

Default
camera mode
in forward

Selects which screen to display when the
surround view camera system is turned on while
the vehicle is moving forward.

Front Ground
View*1/Last Used/
Front Blind View/
Side View

Default
camera mode
in reverse

Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the vehicle
is reversing.

Rear Ground View*1/
Last Used/Rear
View/Rear Wide
View

Guidelines

Models with
surround view
camera system
(MVCS)

Features

Camera
Settings

MVCS
Preferences

*1:Default Setting

300

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

301 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Models with
surround view
camera system
(MVCS)

Customizable Features

Show camera
when
decelerating

On*1/Off

Clear parking
guidance
automatically

Turns the parking guide lines on and off.

On*1/Off

Display

Adjusts the screen’s preferences.

Default
Cross Traffic Monitor

Features

Camera
Settings

Selectable Settings

Sets the screen to automatically return to the
camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12 km/
h) or lower. The screen can return only when the
display has been switched to the audio/
information screen at the vehicle speed of over 9
mph (15 km/h).

Preferences
MVCS

Description

—

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.

Default/OK

Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off.

On*1/Off

*1:Default Setting

Continued

301

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

302 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
CD mode

Recording from CD
CD mode

Recording Quality
HDD mode

CD/HDD

HDD Info
CD or HDD mode

Features

Update Gracenote Album
Info

Audio
Settings

HDD mode

Delete All HDD Data
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or
AhaTM mode

Bluetooth Device List
Bluetooth

Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or
AhaTM mode

Connect Bluetooth Audio
Device
*1:Default Setting

302

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable Settings

Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD.

Auto*1/Manual

Selects the quality of the music files recorded
to the HDD.

Standard*1/High

Displays the HDD capacity.
Updates the Gracenote® Album Info
(Gracenote® Media Database).
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 307

—
Update by USB*1/
Update by CD
—

Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device
paired to HFL.

—

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

303 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Source Select Popup
AM/FM mode

Audio
Settings

Other

HD Radio Mode *
CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod, USB,
Pandora® * or AhaTM mode

Description

Selectable Settings

Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed.

On/Off*1

Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analogue waves only.

Auto*1/Analog

Turns on and off the cover art display.

On*1/Off

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default.

Default/OK

Cover Art

Connect phone

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.

Features

Default

—

2 Phone Setup P. 316

Phone
Settings

Phone

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 316

Edit Speed Dial

Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 316

—

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models

Continued

303

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

304 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Phone

Features

Phone
Settings

Text/
Email

Default
*1:Default Setting

304

Description

Selectable Settings

Auto Transfer

Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Answer

Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.

On/Off*1

Ring Tone

Selects the ring tone.

Fixed/Mobile
Phone*1/Off

Automatic Phone Sync

Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

On*1/Off

Use Contact Photo

Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.

On*1/Off

Enable Text/Email

Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.

On*1/Off

Select Account

Selects a text/e-mail message account.

New Text/Email Alert

Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.

On/Off*1

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default.

Default/OK

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

305 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Acura
Link

Description

Selectable Settings

AcuraLink Msg Notice

Selects whether newly received AcuraLink
messages to be displayed.

Delete AcuraLink Message

Deletes AcuraLink messages.

—

AcuraLink Subscription Status

Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status.

—

Clock/
Wallpaper
Type

On*1/Off

Clock
Wallpaper

Info
Settings

Clock

Clock Format

See System Settings on P. 292 to P. 294.

Features

Clock Adjustment

Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset

Other

Default

Info Screen Preference

Selects the top menu when the INFO button is
pressed.
● Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
● Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
● Off- A menu does not pop up.

Info Top/Info
Menu*1/Off

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default.

Default/OK

*1:Default Setting

305

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

306 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Defaulting All the Settings

Features

306

You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate
to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press
to select OK.

1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
• Routing & Guidance: Rerouting, Unverified Area
Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search
Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance
• Route Preference
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and each item settings.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

307 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDeleting all HDD Data

Deleting all HDD Data
You can reset all the menu and customized settings, and delete all music data on the
HDD.
1. Turn on the audio system and select the
HDD mode.
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate
to select Audio Settings, then
press .
4. Move
or
to select the CD/HDD tab.
5. Rotate
to select Delete all HDD Data,
then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
Features

307

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

308 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.

■ Important Safety Precautions
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
Features

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.

Training HomeLink

Red Indicator

308

If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson
Controls., Inc.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

309 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

■ Training a Button

1Training HomeLink

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
blink after 10 secs?

YES

Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

NO
Standard transmitter

YES

a. Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

NO
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Training
Complete

HomeLink LED
is on.

5. Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).

Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for
2 secs, then remains on for
about 23 secs.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”

Features

3. Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?

Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

309

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

310 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s navigation system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL
■ HFL Buttons

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

Volume up
Microphone
Pick-up
Button

Voice control tips:

Features

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
Volume down
Hang-up/Back Button
Talk Button

PHONE
Button
Interface
Dial

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multiinformation display or the head-up display, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear
the phone information on the multi-information display or the head-up display.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Interface dial: Rotate
to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.

310

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On.
2 Customized Features P. 283

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the
button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

311 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth® Indicator

Battery Level
Status

Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.

Roam Status

HFL Mode

Signal Strength

Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.

The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.

■ Limitations for Manual Operation
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.

Disabled Option

Features

1HFL Status Display

You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 283

Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 328

311

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

312 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

1HFL Menus

■ Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

(Existing entry list) Connect a phone to the system.
Features

Phone

Connect
Phone*1

Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect

Pair a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Edit Device
Name

(Existing
entry list)*1
Bluetooth
Device List
Add Bluetooth
Device

*1: Appears when a phone has already been paired to HFL.

312

Edit the user name of a paired phone.

Replace This
Device

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.

Delete This
Device

Delete a previously paired phone.

Edit PIN

Pair a phone to the system.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

313 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Delete All

Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Import from Select a phone number from the call
Call History history to store as a speed dial number.
Import from Select a phone number from the
Phonebook phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial*1

New Entry

Edit
(Existing
entry list)

●
●

Delete

Auto Answer
Ring Tone

Change a number.
Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.

Features

Auto Transfer

Edit a previously stored speed dial number.

Automatic Phone Sync*1 Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
Use Contact Photo
Default
Enable Text/Email
Text/Email

Select Account
New Text/Email Alert

HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a text/e-mail message account.
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

313

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

314 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.

Dial*1
Features

Phonebook*1

Enter a phone number to dial.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Manual Input
New Entry

Import from
Phonebook

Speed Dial*1

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.

(Existing entry list)

Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

More Speed Dials

Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

314

Import from
Call History

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

315 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Redial*1

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
All

Call History*1

Dialed
Received
Missed

Roadside Assistance*1

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
(Read/Stop)

Message is
read aloud.
Text/Email*1

System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
See the previous message.

See the next message.

Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.

Call

Features

Select a message
and press .

Make a call to the sender.

Select Account Select a mail or text message account.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

315

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

316 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no

Features

316

phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Phone not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 327

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

317 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

Continued

Features

already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select the Connect Phone,
then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Add
Bluetooth Device.
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Phone not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
7. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.

317

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

318 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Bluetooth tab.
4. Rotate
to select Edit Pairing Code,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select Fixed or Random,
then press .

Features

318

1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

319 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To replace an already-paired phone

Continued

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.

Features

with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Replace This Device,
then press .
7. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.

319

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

320 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone

Features

320

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Delete This Device,
then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if it is successful.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

321 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail

■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate
to select New Text/Email
Alert, then press .
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.

Continued

Features

message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Enable Text/Email,
then press .
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.

To use the text/E-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.

321

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

322 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To set up the auto reading option
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Sound/Beep
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Message Auto
Reading, then press .
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select On, Off or Auto, then
press .
Features

322

1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.
Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.
Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when
driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

323 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

u Audio/information screen
Rotate
to select, then press .
Move
to delete. Rotate
to select
OK to enter the security PIN.

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.

Features

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Edit PIN, then press .
7. Enter a new four-digit number.

u On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
You can also enter a number using the
icons.
8. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.

Continued

323

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

324 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Editing User Name

Features

Audio/information screen

1Editing User Name

Edit the user name of a paired phone as
follows:
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
edit, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Edit Device Name,
then press .
7. Enter a new name of the phone.
u Audio/information screen
Rotate
to select, then press .
Move
to delete. Rotate
or move
to select OK then press
to enter the
name.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

324

u On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
You can also enter a name using the
icons.

Audio/information screen

Icon

Select

to enter symbols.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

325 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Auto Transfer, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select On, then press .
Features

■ Auto Answer
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Auto Answer, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select On, then press .

Continued

325

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

326 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Ring Tone, then press
.
5. Rotate
to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
Features

326

■ Use Contact Photo
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Use Contact Photo,
then press .
5. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.

1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

327 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.

■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

Continued

When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
Pref

Fax

Home

Car

Mobile

Other

Work

Message

Pager

Voice

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.

Features

setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Automatic Phone
Sync, then press .
5. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.

327

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

328 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial

Features

328

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate
to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate
to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the
button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

329 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed

Continued

1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

Features

dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Edit, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Voice Tag, then press
.
7. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select
Record, then press .
u After selecting Record, wait for the
beep(s) to sound before you state the
name.
8. Move and select OK to complete the
voice tag.

329

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

330 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a voice tag

Features

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Edit, then press .
6. Rotate
to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Clear, then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .

■ To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate
to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Delete, then press .
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .

330

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

331 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phonebook Phonetic Modification

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

Continued

You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.

Features

Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
add phonetic modification to, then press
.

331

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

332 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

6. Rotate
to select New Voice Tag, then
press .
7. Move
or
and rotate
to select a
contact name, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Rotate
to select Modify, then press .
9. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
10.You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate
to select OK, then
press .
Features

332

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

333 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To modify a voice tag

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

Continued

You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.

Features

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
add phonetic modification to, then press
.
6. Rotate
to select a contact name you
want to modify, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Rotate
to select Modify, then press .
8. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
9. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select OK, then
press .

333

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

334 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a modified voice tag

Features

334

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
6. Rotate
to select a contact name you
want to delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Rotate
to select Delete, then press .
8. Move and rotate
to select OK, then
press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

335 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete all modified voice tags

■ Making a Call
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.

Features

1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
u The contact name list appears.
6. Move and rotate
to select Delete All,
then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .

1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the
button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.

Continued

335

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

336 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported

Features

336

phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Search.
u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search.
5. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 311
2 Speed Dial P. 328
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

337 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using a phone number

1To make a call using a phone number

1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate
to select
, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 311
2 Speed Dial P. 328
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM to input numbers.
Select numbers, then
to start dialing.

■ To make a call using redial
.

Continued

Features

1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Redial, then press
u Dialing starts automatically.

337

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

338 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Call History, then
press .
4. Move
or
to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
5. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
Features

Multi-information display

Mr.AAA
111AAA####
Mr.BBB

Head-up display

338

Steering switches

1. Press the
button.
2. Move the left selector wheel right to select
Call History.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
Steering switches

The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or
missed calls.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

339 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Multi-information display

111AAA####
Mr.BBB

Head-up display

Move to select More Speed Dials to view another
paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call
from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 328

button to

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

Steering switches

1. Press the
button.
2. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued

Steering switches

The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.

Features

Mr.AAA

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

339

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

340 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the
Press the

button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the call.

Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multiand
buttons.
Use DisplayTM instead of the

Features

340

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

341 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone
Mute Icon
screen.
10
Rotate
to select the option, then press .
John
u
The
mute
icon appears when Mute is
01’23
0123456789####
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.

Features

Continued

341

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

342 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

Features

342

HFL can display newly received text/e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text/e-mail message.
2. Rotate
to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text/e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text/e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text/e-mail message for the first
time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked
to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 321

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

343 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Selecting a Mail Account

1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Move to select Select Account, then press .

Features

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Select Account, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select Text Messages or an
e-mail account you want, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.

Continued

343

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

344 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages
Message List

Features

344

Text Message

1Displaying Messages

■ Displaying text messages

The

icon appears next to an unread message.

1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move
on the text message screen.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

345 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Folder List

Message List

■ Displaying e-mail messages

1Displaying e-mail messages

1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate
to select Text/Email, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select a folder, then press .
5. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail is displayed. The system
automatically starts reading the message
aloud.

Received text/e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No subject.

Features

E-mail

Continued

345

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

346 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 344

2. Press
to stop reading.
Press
again to start reading the message
from the beginning.

■ Reply to a message
Features

1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 344

2. Move and rotate
to select Reply,
then press .
3. Rotate
to select the reply message, then
press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.

346

1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

347 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 344

2. Move
press

and rotate
.

to select Call, then

Features

Continued

347

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

348 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Roadside Assistance
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance
using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1. From the Phone screen, press the MENU
button.
2. Rotate
to select Roadside Assistance,
then press .
3. Rotate
to select a phone number, then
press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
Features

348

1Roadside Assistance
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,
you can call roadside assistance using the LINK
button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink® P. 349

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

349 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

AcuraLink®
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the
AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.

■ In Case of Emergency

■ Automatic collision notification
When connected to the AcuraLink
operator:

AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada).
1In Case of Emergency

If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle will automatically attempt to
connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator
if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected or you
do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
• You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,
or the unit itself.
• You are not subscribed to the service or your
subscription is no longer valid.

Features

Audio/information screen

1AcuraLink®

You cannot operate other navigation- or phonerelated functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
Continued

349

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

350 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

■ Manual operator connection

ASSIST
Button

Features

350

1Manual operator connection

If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in an emergency situation, you can manually
connect to them by pressing the ASSIST
button with the power mode in ACCESSORY
or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.

Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to
press the ASSIST button.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

351 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

■ Security Features

1Security Features

Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number
(PIN).

■ Stolen vehicle tracking
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.

The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca (in
Canada) for details.

The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.

■ Vehicle finder

1Vehicle finder

This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.

■ Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by email
or SMS.

Continued

Features

■ Remote door lock/unlock

The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following conditions:
• When 30 seconds have elapsed.
• You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
• You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
• You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
• The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.

351

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

352 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

■ Operator Assistance

1Operator Assistance

Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.

LINK Button
Features

2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, press the selector knob,
select End Call on the On Demand
Multi-Use DisplayTM, or press the Hangup button.

Audio/information screen
when connected to the
AcuraLink operator.

352

Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

353 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

■ AcuraLink Message
Message Icon

1AcuraLink Message

AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle
features, safety and emissions recall
campaigns, maintenance reminders (U.S.
models only), and diagnostic information.
When you receive a new message, an icon
appears on the audio/information screen.

If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates
that Acura gives high priority to this message
compared to the one without.
•
: An unread message with high priority
•
: An unread message

1Message category

There are six message categories.
• Feature Guide: Appears for the first 90 days of ownership, introducing vehicle
features each day.
• Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle
information.
• Diagnostic Info: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes on.
Rotate
to select Check Later or Check Now.
u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
• Scheduled Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): An appointment made
through the Acura server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or
canceled from this option. 2 P. 355
• Maintenance Minder (U.S. models only): Lets you know which maintenance
item is due along with a reminder message.
• Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.
You should also be notified by mail.
Continued

Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted
through broadcast messages from Acura.

Features

■ Message category

Messages may not appear immediately after your
vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your
dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.

You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or
schedule appointments (U.S. models only) from the
message options in Maintenance Minder (U.S.
models only), Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic
Info.
2 Message Options P. 354

353

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

354 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

■ Reading a message

1Reading a message

Features

1. Press the INFO button, rotate
to select
AcuraLink/Messages, then press .
u If your display has changed from Info
menu to Current Drive, press the
MENU button.
u AcuraLink messages appears.
2. Rotate
to select a category, then press
.
u If there are unread messages in a
category, a message icon appears next to
that category.
3. Rotate
to select a message you want to
read, then press .

■ Message Options
Engine System. P062F
Dec. 31, 2011
The engine may not be operating properly.
Select VOICE FOR DETAILS.

If there is no message listed on the menu,
AcuraLink/Messages is grayed out and cannot be
selected.
The message icon disappears once you read the
message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that
the message has a high priority remains.
• : A read message with high priority.

1Message Options

While a message is displayed, you can use
options to take immediate action to the
message.

The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
2 Customized Features P. 283
Voice is available only when the Message Auto
Reading setting is in ON, and the language selected
is English.
2 Customized Features P. 283

Available options are:
• Voice: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop to cancel it.
• Find Acura Dlr.: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.
• Delete: Deletes the displayed message. Rotate
to select this option, then
press .
• Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.

354

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

355 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

• Schedule Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): Automatically sets an
appointment date at your dealer.
• Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.
• Diagnostic Info: Updates the current diagnostic message by connecting to the
Acura server using HFL.
U.S. models only

■ Dealer Appointments

1Dealer Appointments
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a
regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners
website at owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada), and set the required
option. A reminder message will be sent as the date
for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder
message will also be sent if you schedule an
appointment online using Acura Owners’ Schedule
Service Appointment function.

Features

You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a
Maintenance Minder or Recalls/Campaigns message, or reschedule any existing
appointments.
1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/
Campaigns, or Scheduled Dealer
Appointment message.
2. Rotate
to select Scheduled Dealer
Appointment or Reschedule
Appointment (depending on the screen).
Press .
u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate
to select Confirm
Appointment. Press
to accept the time
and date.
4. Press
to select OK.

If you are not satisfied with the proposed
appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel
Appointment when a message is displayed.

355

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

356

356 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

357 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 358
Maximum Load Limit........................ 361
Towing a Trailer
Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 363
When Driving
Turning on the Power ...................... 364
Precautions While Driving................. 369
Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 370
Shifting ............................................ 371
SPORT Mode.................................... 378
Reactive Force Pedal......................... 379
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 380
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 381
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 383

* Not available on all models

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System.... 397
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)...... 401
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System ........... 408

Agile Handling Assist ....................... 410
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
DriveTM (SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) .... 411
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ..... 412
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 414

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 416
High Voltage Battery........................ 418
Braking
Brake System ................................... 419
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 424

Brake Assist System ......................... 425
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ....................................... 426
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 434
Parking Sensor System * ................... 436
Cross Traffic Monitor ....................... 440
Multi-View Rear Camera * ................ 444
Surround View Camera System * ..... 445
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 455
How to Refuel ................................. 456
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 457
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing
CO2 Emissions................................ 457

357

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

358 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
Driving

358

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.

1Exterior Checks
NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

359 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

2 Maximum Load Limit P. 361

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142

• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.

Driving

• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171

Continued

359

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

360 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39

• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 74

Driving

360

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

361 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the
Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.

1Maximum Load Limit

3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.

Label Example

Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Continued

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 554

Driving

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 554

361

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

362 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)

Example2

362

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

363 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 548

Driving

363

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

364 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on for 15 seconds when you pull
up the electric parking brake switch.

1When Driving
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.
1Turning on the Power
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the power system.

Electric Parking
Brake Switch

2. Depress the brake pedal.
u Make sure the transmission is in (P .

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When turning on the power system in cold weather,
turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce 12-volt battery drain.

Driving

Brake Pedal

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater and transmission clutch
actuator heater will improve starting and reduce the
warming time required before driving. Consult a
dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.

364

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

365 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

3. Press the POWER button without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
u The Ready To Drive message appears
on the multi-information display.
u When the ambient temperature is
extremely low, the vehicle does not move
until certain conditions are met.
A warning message appears instead of
Ready To Drive.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning
and Information Messages P. 99

■ Stopping the Power System

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the power
system does not activate.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
Bring the keyless access remote close to the POWER
button if the battery in the keyless access remote is
weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 530
The power system may not activate if the keyless
access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the POWER button to start the power
system.
If the power system does not start, wait at least 30
seconds before trying again.

Driving

u If the High Voltage battery is fully
charged, the gasoline engine may not
start.
u If the High Voltage battery charge level is
low, the gasoline engine starts.

1Turning on the Power

You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Select (P .
2. Press the POWER button.

Continued

365

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

366 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *
You can remotely turn the power system on using the two-way keyless access
remote from extended distances.

■ To turn the power system on
With the doors locked, Press the
button,
then press and hold the
button.

Go within the range,
and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
power system is
turned on.

Driving
Green LED: Comes on while
the power system is on.

Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.

The power system is on for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the time for another 10 minutes during the first 10 minutes, press the
button, then press and hold the
button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the trunk are locked.

366

* Not available on all models

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *

3 WARNING
Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you
or cause unconsciousness.
Never use the remote engine starter
when the vehicle is parked in a garage
or other area with limited ventilation.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The power system may not be turned on by the
remote engine start if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display.
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The gear is in a position other than (P .
• The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
unlocked.
• You have already used the remote twice to turn the
power system on.
• Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
• There is any antenna failure.
• Door is unlocked with the built-in key.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

367 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ To turn the power system off

Press and hold the
for one second.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *

button

Red LED:
Comes on for one second to let you know
that the power system is turned off.

●

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless
access system range. The power system will not
be turned off.

Continued

Before turning the power system on, make sure to
check the door lock status using the remote. When
you press the
button, wait for the green LED to
blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did
not lock, and the power system is not turned on.
While the power system is on, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.

Driving

* Not available on all models

• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions.
• The security system alarm is not set.

Go within the range,
and try again.

367

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

368 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote *

1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the POWER button.
When the engine was started in any case

2. Change the gear position to (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.

■ Hill Start Assist System
Driving

Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the
brake pedal.

368

* Not available on all models

1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
When the engine was started using the two-way
keyless access remote *

The power sytem is turned off when the gear position
is changed from (P before the POWER button is
pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
1Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

369 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving
■ In Rain

1Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

NOTICE

Do not select a shift button while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE

The following can damage the under spoiler:
• Parking the vehicle by a parking block
• Parallel parking along the road shoulder
• Driving toward the bottom of a hill
• Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
• Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
• Driving on a road with potholes.
Driving

NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Continued

369

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

370 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission

■ Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Dual Clutch Transmission
■ Creeping
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,
this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown
Driving

370

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

1Precautions While Driving
Do not press the (N button, as you will lose
regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

371 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

1Shifting

3 WARNING

■ Shift button positions
Park
Used when parking or starting the power
system
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
While the High Voltage battery level is full, or the
High Voltage battery temperature is low,
regenerative braking may become less effective.
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.

Driving

Drive
Used for:
● Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 7th automatically)
● Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
● Driving in the sequential mode (when
driving in SPORT mode)

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.

You may occasionally find that it takes longer than
usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select
(R , release the brake pedal, and/or depress the
accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High
Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not
indicate a vehicle malfunction.

Continued

371

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

372 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ (P (park) button

1Shifting
(P Button

Driving

372

The gear position changes to (P when you
press the (P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.

The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator
pedal with the gear position in (N .
Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

373 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Operation

1Shift Operation
NOTICE

When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.

M (sequential mode)
Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Gear Position Indicator

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.

Press the (P button.
Press back the (R button.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.

Press the (N button.
Press the (D button.

Driving

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Tachometer’s red zone

When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.

Shift Button
Indicator

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R .

Continued

373

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

374 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to (P .
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2
km/h) or slower.
• The transmission is in other than (P .
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release
the brake pedal.

■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
is in other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P .
Driving

■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position (car wash mode)
With the engine running:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Within five seconds select (N .
3. Then press the POWER button.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on
and the power mode changes to OFF.

374

1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to (P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select (P before opening the driver's door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 434
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to (P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
and lock the doors.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

375 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected accidents.
When the
transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances
of that:

2. You cannot select:

3. The gear position
How to change the
remains in/changes to: gear position

The brake pedal is not
depressed.
(P

The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.

Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.

Other gear position

(N
(N

(N or (D

The vehicle is moving forward.

(R or (N

The vehicle is moving backward.

The vehicle is moving.

(R , (N , or (D
(P or (N

Driving

The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.

A gear position other than (P
The READY indicator is not on. or (N

Park your vehicle in a
safe place.

(P or (N

Make sure that the
READY indicator
comes on.

Continued

375

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

376 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Sequential Mode
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th gears without removing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

■ When the transmission is in (D :
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.

■ When the transmission is in (D with SPORT mode:
Driving

376

The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to 7th.
You can cancel this mode by pressing the SPORT button, or pulling the (+ paddle
shifter for a few seconds. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential
mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.

1Sequential Mode
The vehicle is engine operated when SPORT mode is
on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

377 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Sequential Mode Operation
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)

1Sequential Mode Operation

Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
In SPORT mode, to prioritize the engine performance
enhancement, the transmission may not allow for
shifting up while the engine speed is low.
Driving

Downshifting when pulling
the
paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling
the
paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)

377

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

378 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode

SPORT Mode
SPORT Mode
Indicator

SPORT Button

To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.
Driving

The SPORT mode increases engine performance and handling.
This mode is not recommended for fuel economy enhancement, but suitable for
driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.
The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

378

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

379 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguReactive Force Pedal

Reactive Force Pedal
The system increases the accelerator pedal
resistance force when you depress the
accelerator pedal. This gives you the feeling
that the vehicle's acceleration is in response to
your pedal operation.

Accelerator Pedal

At the same time, a slight increase in the accelerator pedal resistance force helps to
modify your driving style to be in an efficient manner especially when you apply
more force to the pedal than is necessary.

The Reactive Force Pedal system in no way restricts or
limits your ability to operate the accelerator pedal to
accelerate the vehicle.
If the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
detects a possible collision, you may feel an opposing
force from the accelerator pedal.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 426
You can change the amount of the accelerator pedal
resistance force.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283
The Reactive Force Pedal system is deactivated when
SPORT mode is on.

Driving

The Reactive Force Pedal is designed also to help prevent your wheels from possibly
spinning out due to excessive throttle, and help make the vehicle start smoothly
when roads are slippery due to ice, snow, excessive rainfall, etc.

1Reactive Force Pedal

379

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

380 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Alerts pedestrians when a vehicle is propelled solely by electricity, approaching at
speeds around 12 mph (20 km/h) or less.
Canadian models

■ Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System Button
Press the button to turn the system on and
off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is off.
The system is turned on every time you turn
the power system on, even if you turned it off
the last time you drove the vehicle.
Driving

380

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

381 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBSTM, is
designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its
functions.

■ Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor
Camera

This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.

Continued

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could
obstruct the camera's field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.

Driving

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.

1Front Sensor Camera

381

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

382 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.

Driving

382

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

383 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop, decelerates and
stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle's brake
lights will illuminate.
When to use

The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

3 WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead
to a crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.

3 WARNING
ACC with LSF has limited braking
capability and may not stop your vehicle
in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle
that quickly stops in front of you.

The radar sensor is
in the front grille.

■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with

Driving

Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.

LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■ Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D .

Continued

383

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

384 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

How to use

ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC with LSF is ready to
use.

■ Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.

When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on
or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 388
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive
cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Driving

384

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following
conditions:
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

385 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed
RES/+/SET/− Switch

On when ACC with LSF
begins

Press down and release

Driving

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal
and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed. The
moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
Set Vehicle Distance
vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed
appear on the multi-information display.

Set Vehicle Speed

Continued

385

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

386 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ When in Operation

1When in Operation

■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Distance P. 391

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or
if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the
beeper sounds, a message appears on the multi-information
display, and the head-up warning lights come on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Beep

Driving

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you
and is detected by the radar, your vehicle
starts to slow down.

A vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display

Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may
start accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

386

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

387 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ There is no vehicle ahead

A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the multiinformation display

1When in Operation

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally,
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 388

■ When you depress the accelerator pedal

Continued

1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
to a stop

Driving

You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,
the system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the multiinformation display.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the multi-information
display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/–
switch up or down, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the
prior set speed.

3 WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is
operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.

387

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

388 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the
collision mitigation braking systemTM (CMBSTM).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 426

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

■ Vehicle conditions
Driving

• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats.
• When tire chains are installed.

388

* Not available on all models

You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

389 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ Detection limitations

Continued

Driving

• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

389

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

390 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Driving

390

• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
following-distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

391 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Set or Change Following-Distance
Press the (distance) button to change the
ACC with LSF following-distance.
Each time you press the button, the followingdistance (the interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of you) setting cycles through
short, middle, long, and extra long followingdistances.
Distance Button

Determine the most appropriate followingdistance setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-distance requirements set by local
regulation.
Driving

Continued

391

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

392 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When the Set Speed is:
Following-distance

Driving

50 mph (80 km/h)

65 mph (104 km/h)

Short

83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec

100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec

Middle

110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec

137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec

Long

154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec

200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec

Extra
Long

204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec

265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF
distance setting.

392

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

393 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Cancel
MAIN
Button

CANCEL
Button

1To Cancel

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/
– switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
set the desired speed.

Driving

Continued

393

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

394 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ Automatic cancellation

Driving

394

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC
with LSF to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following
causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The power system is turned off.

1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch
down.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

395 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
ACC with
LSF ON

Cruise
Control ON

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Press and hold the (distance) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the multi-information display for two seconds,
and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and
hold the button again for one second. ACC
Mode Selected appears on the multiinformation display for two seconds.

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.

■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Driving

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases
or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

Continued

395

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

396 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Cancel
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/
SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least
25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.

Driving

396

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

397 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your
vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.

■ How the System Works
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.

Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

Driving

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display.

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 399
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure
message displays repeatedly and you do not apply
responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels
RDM functions.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
Continued

397

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

398 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ How the System Activates
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.

■ RDM On and Off
Driving

398

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 74
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.

1RDM On and Off

Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multiinformation display when the system is
on.
Indicator
RDM Button

1How the System Activates

When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the multi-information
display, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

399 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ RDM Conditions and Limitations
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Continued

Driving

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

399

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

400 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
Driving

400

■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

401 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

■ Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
■ LKAS camera
Monitors the lane
lines

■ Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the
steering to keep the vehicle between
the left and right lane lines. The applied
torque becomes stronger as the vehicle
gets closer to either of the lane lines.

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 104
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

Driving

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 406
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
() If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS
alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

Continued

You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

401

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

402 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ Lane Keep Support Function

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.

The LKAS may not function as designed on while
driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads
with sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.

Driving

■ Lane Departure Warning Function
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

Warning Area

402

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

403 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ When the System can be Used

1When the System can be Used

The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

■ How to activate the system
MAIN Button

Driving

LKAS Button

1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display.
The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the multiinformation display.
The system is activated.

Continued

403

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

404 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.

■ To cancel

The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.

1To cancel

To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
Driving

MAIN Button
LKAS Button

404

1When the System can be Used

The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the
power system off, even if you turned it on the
last time you drove the vehicle.

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
on and off.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

405 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ The system operation is suspended if

When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multiinformation display change to
contour lines, and the beeper
sounds.

you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
Driving

■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
• The ABS or VSA system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
Continued

405

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

406 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■ Environmental conditions

Driving

406

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

407 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

Driving

■ Vehicle conditions

407

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

408 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
Helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than
what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does
so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the brakes.

■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine and motor do not respond to the
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see
the indicator blink.

Driving

408

VSA® System
Indicator

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size
are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type
of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

409 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® OFF Button
VSA® OFF Indicator

This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially turn the VSA features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the
button until you hear a beep.

(VSA® OFF)

With the
button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the
button pressed.
When the
button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the
button
pressed if you are not able to free it without.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
press the
button again. We do not recommend
driving your vehicle with the
button pressed
(indicator on).

Driving

VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
power system on, even if you press the button
the last time you drove the vehicle.

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.

409

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

410 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.

1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.

Driving

410

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

411 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of motor and/or engine torque
to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle
situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better
than when driving with standard two wheel drive. However, the system does not
help to enhance braking. Be cautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

1SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SPORT
HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Do not drive through deep water.
The SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® system may not
function properly if tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 494

Driving

411

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

412 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.

■ How the system works

Driving

Radar sensors detect a
vehicle in the alert zone
when your vehicle is moving
forward at 20 mph (32 km/h)
or faster.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

3 WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.

Alert Zone
A
B

Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
• The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind
Spot Not Available multi-information display
appearing.
• The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

412

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

413 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System

■ When the system detects a vehicle
BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside
rearview mirror on both sides.
Comes on when:
● A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
● You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

• An object not detected by the radar sensors
Comes On

approaches or passes your vehicle.

• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
Blinks

The system does not operate when in (R .
You can change the setting for BSI.
2 Customized Features P. 113, 283

Driving

BSI may be adversely affected when:
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
• The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For proper BSI operation:

• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.

• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired,
or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

413

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

414 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 540
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.

Driving

414

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

415 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

■ Tire Pressure Monitor

1Tire Pressure Monitor

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel
until you see the tire pressure screen.

ᵑᵔ

The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.

The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire *, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.

Driving

* Not available on all models

415

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

416 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.

416

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

417 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Driving

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

417

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

418 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery

High Voltage Battery
The High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the vehicle is not in use. As a
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may
get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To
maintain the battery, drive your vehicle for more than 30 minutes to recharge the
battery at least once every three months.
To help maintain the battery life, when parking under the direct sunlight during
summer, try find a shaded area.

Driving

418

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

419 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake

1Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.

■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
power mode the vehicle is in.

Electric Parking
Brake Switch

1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake, or set the power
mode to OFF. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 532

Driving

Electric Parking
Brake Switch

Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently
and securely.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on.
■ To release
The power mode must be in the ON position
to release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.

When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirling sound from the engine compartment. This is
because the brake system is in operation, and it is
normal.

The parking brake is applied while the vehicle is
moving with the electric parking brake switch being
pulled.

Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.

Continued

419

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

420 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.

Accelerator Pedal

Driving

You can release the parking brake automatically when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The power system is on.
• The transmission is not in (P or (N .

1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your
vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.
• When the power system is turned off while ACC
with LSF is activated.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.
• When the power system is turned off while brake
hold is applied.
• When there is a problem with the Brake Hold
System.
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Electric parking brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator

420

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

421 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake

1Foot Brake

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.

Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.

2 Brake Assist System P. 425
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 424

Driving

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply regenerative braking by taking
your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting
to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

Continued

421

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

422 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Automatic Brake Hold

1Automatic Brake Hold

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. Use this system only while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic
lights and in heavy traffic.

■ Turning on the system

■ Activating the system

Goes
Off

U.S.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button

Driving

422

Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
power system. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
● The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.

Brake Pedal

■ Canceling the system

On
Canada

Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in (D or (N .
● The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
● Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.

Accelerator Pedal

Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in (D .
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
● The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.

3 WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.

3 WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in (P and applying the parking
brake.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

423 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R .
• You engage the parking brake.
Under the following conditions, the system automatically cancels, and the parking
brake is applied:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The power system is turned off.
• Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display.

■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system

Automatic Brake
Hold Button

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.

While the system is activated, you can turn off the
power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 434
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
system is off.
1Turning on the system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation. The system generates sound while holding
the vehicle and it moves.

Driving

Goes
Off

While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.

1Automatic Brake Hold

423

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

424 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
■ ABS
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”

■ ABS operation

Driving

The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

424

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When tire chains are installed.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:

• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while vehicle is
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

425 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System
■ Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Driving

425

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

426 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

■ How the system works
When to use

The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 430
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

Driving

The radar sensor is
in the front grille.

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3
mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBSTM activates when:
● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision.
● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

426

1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62
mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

427 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ When the system activates

1When the system activates

The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and
stops if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Head-up
Warning
Lights

Visual Alerts

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 430
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens

Beep
Tactile Alert

Driving

Audible Alert

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multiinformation display setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 116

■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).

Continued

1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator P. 82

427

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

428 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Collision Alert Stages
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
CMBSTM
Distance between vehicles

The radar sensor
E-pretensioner/
Audible & Visual WARNINGS
detects a vehicle Reactive Force Pedal
Increases the
accelerator pedal
resistance force.

Stage
one

Vehicle
Ahead

Driving

Your Vehicle

There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of
you.

Braking

In case of
an
oncoming
vehicle
detected,
rapid
vibration is
provided.

—

Accelerator Pedal

Stage
two

Stage
three

428

Normal
Long Short

When in Long, visual and
audible alerts come on at a
longer distance from a vehicle
ahead than in Normal setting,
and in Short, at a shorter
distance than in Normal.

Steering
Wheel

Your
Vehicle

Vehicle
Ahead

The risk of a
collision has
increased, time to
respond is
reduced.

Retracts the driver’s
seat belt gently a few
times, providing a
physical warning.

Forcefully tightens
The CMBSTM
driver and front
determines that a passenger seat belts.
collision is
unavoidable.

Lightly
applied
Visual and audible alerts.

—
Forcefully
applied

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

429 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM On and Off

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Press this button until the beeper sounds to
switch the system on or off.

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the
CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 430

When the CMBSTM is off:
• The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the power
system.
Driving

Continued

429

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

430 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 381

■ Environmental conditions

Driving

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between objects and the background.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

430

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

431 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Vehicle conditions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
When tire chains are installed.
The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
The camera temperature gets too high.
Driving with the parking brake applied.
When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

■ Detection limitations

* Not available on all models

Continued

Driving

• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

431

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

432 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Driving

432

■ Automatic shutoff
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

433 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ With Little Chance of a Collision
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

For the CMBSTM to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the
emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Driving

■ Through a low bridge at high speed

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

433

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

434 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to (P .
4. Turn off the power system.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.

1Parking Your Vehicle

3 WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

Driving

434

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

435 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

If during in Auto Engine Stop, the gear position changes to (P and the engine
restarts automatically under the following conditions:
• The power system is on.
• The gear position is not in (P .
• You unfasten the driver side seat belt and open the door.

1When Stopped
NOTICE

The following can damage the driveline:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the power system to overheat
and fail.

Driving

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

435

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

436 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

Parking Sensor System *
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the
beeper and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance
between your vehicle and the obstacle.

■ The sensor location and range
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors

Rear Center Sensors

1Parking Sensor System *
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:

Driving

• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less

Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less

or sponge.

• Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

436

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

437 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn the
system on or off. The indicator in the button
comes on and the beeper sounds when the
system is on.
The rear center and corner sensors start to
detect an obstacle when the transmission is in
(R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
(8 km/h).

Continued

Driving

The front corner sensors start to detect an
obstacle when the transmission is not in (P ,
and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8
km/h).

437

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

438 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
Length of the
intermittent beep

Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator
Corner Sensors

Center Sensors

Moderate

—

Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm)

Short

About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)

Very short

About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)

Continuous

About 14 in
(35 cm) or less

Audio/information screen

Blinks in Yellow*1

Blinks in Amber

Driving

438

*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Blinks in Red

Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

439 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ Turning off All Rear Sensors
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for ten seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button blinks.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you select (R , the indicator in the parking
sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the
rear sensors have been turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Driving

439

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

440 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

Cross Traffic Monitor
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

1Cross Traffic Monitor

3 CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.

Driving

440

Models with parking sensor system

The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

441 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

■ How the System Works

1Cross Traffic Monitor

The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 443
2 Customized Features P. 283

• The transmission is in (R .
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

Driving

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning or accelerator pedal resistibility.

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a poll, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.

Continued

441

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

442 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

■ When the System Detects a Vehicle
Models with surround view camera system

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

Arrow Icon

If
on the lower right changes to
(amber) when
the transmission is in (R , mud snow or ice, etc. may
have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. The
system is temporarily canceled. Check the bumper
corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean
the area if necessary.
If

Rear Ground View

Rear Wide View

Models with multi-view rear camera

Driving

Wide View

Rear Normal View

Arrow Icon

Normal View

Top Down View

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.

442

(amber) comes on when the transmission is in

(R , there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic

Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in (R , there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

443 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
You can switch on and off the system using
the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 283

Icon

Driving

443

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

444 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Multi-View Rear Camera *
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R .

■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Wide View Mode
Guidelines

Bumper

Normal View Mode

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Driving

Top Down View Mode

Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)

You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the
interface dial to switch the angle.
If Top View is last used before you turn the power mode to OFF, Wide mode is
selected next time you turn the power on and change to (R .

444

* Not available on all models

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.

Camera

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 283
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you select (R .
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

445 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Surround View Camera System *
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from
different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This
system can be used to:
• Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.).
2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 453

• Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in
confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 453

• Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R .
2 Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 449

• Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking
space.
2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 450
2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 451

1Surround View Camera System *

3 WARNING
Failure to visually assess the area around
the vehicle (directly or by use of the
mirrors) may result in a crash causing
serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view
camera system display are limited. The
display may not show all pedestrians or
other objects around your vehicle.

3 WARNING

Driving

Do not solely rely only on the surround
view camera system display to assess
whether it is safe to move your vehicle.

Failure to pay proper attention to your
surroundings while driving may result in a
crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision,
only look at the surround view camera
system display when it is safe to do so.

* Not available on all models

445

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

446 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
■ For frontal views:

CAMERA
Button

Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is
stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or
slower. Press the button again or the interface
dial to switch camera views.

■ For rear reviews:
Change the gear position to (R when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA
button or the interface dial to switch to rear
view mode.
You can customize the display setting.
2 Customized Features P. 283
Driving
CAMERA
Button

446

* Not available on all models

1Surround View Camera System *
The surround view camera system does not eliminate
all blind spots. The system is for your convenience
only.
Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from
debris.
The navigation system is disabled when the gear
position is in (R .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

447 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

■ Camera Locations and Images
Ground View
An overhead view created by the
combination of images captured
by four cameras.

Front Ground View

CAMERA Button

CAMERA
Button

CAMERA Button

Sideview Camera
(Passenger side)

Sideview Camera
(Driver side)

CAMERA Button

Rear
Normal
View

Driving

Right Side View

CAMERA
Button

Rear
Wide
View

Front Wide View

Press and
hold
CAMERA
button.

Rear
Ground
View

Left and Right
Side View

Front-view Camera
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear
differently than they actually are - objects seen on the audio/information
screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This
becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.

Rearview Camera

Continued

447

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

448 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

■ Reference Lines and Guides
Following can be displayed when the system is on.
Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the
rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.
Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current
position.

Driving

Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in left park guidance,
Back-in right park guidance, Left parallel park guidance, or Right parallel
park guidance from Parking Guideline menu to display:
Initial position guide: Marks the point
where your vehicle is headed when reversing.
Steering position alignment guide:
Indicates when to change the steering wheel
position.

1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Operating the navigation system or audio system
while the surround view camera system screen is
displayed cancels the surround view camera system
screen and starts up the navigation system screen.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle
speed is more than 15 mph (25 km/h), the standby
screen appears.
When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20
km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera
system image.
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines
and camera views on the display may differ from the
actual positions/distances due to the changes in the
vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.
The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
The guide lines can be turned on and off using the
audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 283
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until
you turn them back on.
To see the guidance on how to use the reference
lines and guides while they appear on the display,
press and hold the CAMERA button or the interface
dial. To close the guidance, press and hold the
CAMERA button or the interface dial again, or press
the BACK button.

448

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

449 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

When Parking Your Vehicle
■ Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle

1When Parking Your Vehicle

The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is
changed to (R .

Rear Normal View

Rear Wide View

39 inches (1 m)
79 inches (2 m)

Not folded

Folded

1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
When changing the gear position from/to (R , you
may experience a delay in switching between the
audio/information screen and a rear view image.

118 inches
(3 m)
Approximate distances the
projection lines indicate
118 inches
(3 m)

Driving

20 inches
(50 cm)

Rear Ground View

When the
steering wheel is
turned more
than 90 degrees.

Approximate distances
the guide lines indicate

The ground view can be displayed even with the door
mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and
blind spot change.
Do not refer to the surround view camera system
when the door mirrors are folded.

Blind spots
appear in
black.

The projection lines
appear approx. 10
inches (25 cm) outside
the vehicle body.

Press the CAMERA
button.
Continued

449

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

450 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

■ Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Steering position alignment
guide enters the parking
space. (Step 4)

Initial
Positioning
Guide

C
B

Steering Position
Alignment Guide
A

Driving

450

Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)
Make sure the guides
The initial positioning
are within the parking
guide must come here.
space when reversing.
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the
MENU button. Rotate
to select Back- in left park guidance or Back-in right
park guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the
initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly move the vehicle forward.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.

1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in
the parking lines, the parking space is too small for
the vehicle.
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

451 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

■ Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
B

A
Must be
wider than
approx. 8
feet (2.5 m)

Initial
positioning
guide
overlaps the
front corner
of the space.
(Step 2)

Initial
Positioning
Guide

1 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.

Steering Position
Alignment Guide
Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

Continued

Driving

1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the MENU button. Rotate
to select
Left parallel park guidance or Right Parallel park guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial
positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly reverse the vehicle.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the
sideline of the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.

451

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

452 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

■ Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the
system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph
(20 km/h) changes the image as follows.
A Combined Image of
Both Side Views

0 mph (0 km/h)
Front Wide View

Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
Driving

Blind spots
appear in black.

15 mph (25 km/h)

Front Ground View

When the
steering wheel
is turned.

Side
View

Approximate distance
the reference line
indicates.

Projection lines
appear.

approx. 3 feet (1 m)
Press the CAMERA
button.

452

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h),
the front or side view on the screen automatically
switches to the audio information screen. The front
or side view screen resumes when the vehicle speed
is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h).

Camera
Screen

Audio/information
Screen

Camera
Screen

Audio/information
Screen

0 mph (0 km/h)
Down

12 mph (20 km/h)
Up

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

453 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

■ Checking from the front wide view at intersections

1Checking from the front wide view at intersections

The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing
from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
The angle
provided by the
front wide view
screen is 180
degrees.

Front Wide View Screen

When the vehicle
speed is below 12
mph (20 km/h),
press the
CAMERA button
repeatedly until
the front wide
view comes on.

■ Checking the sides of your vehicle

1Checking the sides of your vehicle

The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or
slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
Side View Screen

When the door mirrors are folded, the side views
cannot be displayed.
Driving

Side Views
The images
from the side
cameras.

The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The
displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects
may appear closer or more distant than they actually
are.

12 inches
(30 cm)

Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
12 inches
(30 cm)

12 inches
(30 cm)

Approximate distance
the projection lines
indicate is 12 inches
(30 cm) from the
vehicle.

Continued

453

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

454 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

■ Surround View Camera System Limitations
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
Conditions
The images may not
appear clearly when:

●

●
●

●

Driving

A camera angle is
altered.

You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, Do not use the surround view camera system but rely
snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow
Camera temperatures are high.
the system to work properly.
A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel.
You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or
debris.
A camera lens is scratched.

Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with
water, mild detergent or glass cleaner.

The audio/information screen is dirty.

Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.

A camera or the area around the camera has been
severely impacted.

Do not use the surround view camera system and
contact a dealer.

An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.

454

Solutions

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

455 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.

Driving

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.

1Fuel Information

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■ Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 liters)

455

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

456 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the power system.
Press
3. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.

Driving

4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

1How to Refuel

3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service
station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller
diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other
uses) or other non-service station devices can damage
the area in and around the filler opening.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 551

456

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

457 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven

Gallons of
fuel

Miles per
Gallon

100

Liters of
fuel

Kilometers
driven

L per 100 km

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Driving

457

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

458

458 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

459 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 460
Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 461

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 462
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 463
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 468

Opening the Hood ........................... 469
Engine Compartment Cover............. 470
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 471
Oil Check ......................................... 472
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 473
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 474

Cooling System................................ 476
Inverter Coolant............................... 478
Transmission Fluid............................ 478
Brake Fluid....................................... 479
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 479
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 480

Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 485
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 488
Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 489

Tire Labeling .................................... 489
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......491

Wear Indicators ............................... 493
Tire Service Life................................ 493
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 494
Tire Rotation.................................... 495
Winter Tires ..................................... 496
12-Volt Battery ................................. 497
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 498
Climate Control System Maintenance .... 500
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 501
Exterior Care.................................... 503
Accessories and Modifications ........ 506

459

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

460 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.)

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.

■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 479

• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488

• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
Maintenance

460

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480

1Inspection and Maintenance
U.S. models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 466
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 563

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 485

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

461 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.

■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt
battery or compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Operate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.

• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts.

3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.

3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.

Maintenance

■ Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

461

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

462 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

Maintenance

462

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

463 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The
messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle
to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

Maintenance

463

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

464 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

To Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multiinformation display.
Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Maintenance

464

Right Selector Wheel

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0

Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

465 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display

Oil Life Display

Explanation

Information

Maintenance Due Soon

15 %

The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by rolling the right selector wheel, this
message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and
serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now

The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 The engine oil has almost reached the
percent. Roll the right selector wheel end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
to switch to another display.
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.

Maintenance Past Due

Negative Distance

The remaining engine oil life has
The engine oil life has passed.
passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be
distance appears after driving over 10 inspected and serviced immediately.
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the right
selector wheel to switch to another
display.

The system message indicator (

Maintenance

Maintenance Message

) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Continued

465

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

466 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items
System Message
Indicator

1Maintenance Service Items

• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Maintenance Minder Message

• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if

Sub Items

they are noisy.
Main Item

CODE
A
B

●
●
●
●

●

Maintenance

●
●
●
●
●
●

Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, boots, and
drain plug
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#
Check expiration information for Temporary Tire
Repair Kit bottle

*1: If a message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is
reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

466

CODE
1
2

●
●
●

3
4

●
●
●
●

5
6

●
●

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Replace transmission fluid*4
Replace spark plugs
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant
Replace Twin Motor Unit fluid*6

*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 30,000 miles (48,000 km), then every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (Shear)
stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential
fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

467 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
Maintenance Item Codes

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

Engine Oil Life

Right Selector
Wheel
Maintenance

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 113

3. Push the right selector wheel.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select Reset with the right selector wheel, then push the right selector wheel.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the right selector wheel.

467

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

468 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Loop)
Inverter Coolant
Filler Tank
Washer Fluid
(Black Cap)

12-Volt Battery

Maintenance

Engine Coolant Reserve
Tank

Radiator Cap

468

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

469 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.

Pull

1Opening the Hood
NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Lever

When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.

Maintenance

4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.

469

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

470 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover

Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
To remove the cover:

1Engine Compartment Cover
Holding clip (A-type)

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.

Clip (A)

Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.

Maintenance

470

Engine Compartment Cover
Remove the holding clips
Push until the
pin is flat

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

471 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.

1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.

Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

471

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

472 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Maintenance

472

Upper Mark
Lower Mark

1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

473 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.

1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Maintenance

473

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

474 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the following
conditions are met:
• The SPORT mode is on.
2 SPORT Mode P. 378

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
Washer
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
Maintenance

Drain Bolt

Oil Filter

474

4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter rubber seal.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

475 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including filter):
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

Maintenance

475

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

476 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Cooling System
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

■ Reserve Tank
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.

MAX

Maintenance

476

Reserve
Tank

1Cooling System
NOTICE

Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

MIN

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

477 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

■ Radiator

1Radiator

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 470

Radiator Cap

3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

Maintenance

477

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

478 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant

Inverter Coolant
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel.

■ Checking the Coolant
Filler
Tank

MAX
MIN

1. Check the fluid level in the tank.
2. If the coolant level has dropped below the
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at a
dealer.
u Only a properly trained technician can
refill the coolant and check the system
for leaks.

Transmission Fluid
Maintenance

■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DW-1
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

478

1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE

Do not mix Acura ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Acura’s new vehicle warranty.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

479 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

NOTICE

■ Checking the Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.

MAX

1Brake Fluid

MIN
Reserve Tank

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

Maintenance

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

479

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

480 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.

Daytime Running Lights
Daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

Fog Lights
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
Front turn signal/parking lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Maintenance

480

1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

481 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs

Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs

Front Side Marker Light: 2 CP
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger’s side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver’s side: Turn the steering wheel to
the right.
2. Remove the holding clips (A) and (B), pull
the inner fender back.

Inner Fender

Clip (A)

Holding clip (B-type)

Clips (B)

When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
then lift and remove the clip.

Clip

2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 470

3. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it, then remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
flat.

Bulb

Socket

Maintenance

Push until the
pin is flat.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.

481

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

482 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
1. Remove the cover.

Left side

Cover
Right side

Maintenance

Cover

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it, then remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb

482

Socket

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

483 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights

Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights
Brake/taillight and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Taillights
Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.

Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Back-Up Light: 16 W
1. Remove the cover.

Maintenance

Cover

Continued

483

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

484 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights

Bulb

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it, then remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.

Socket

Rear License Plate Lights
Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light
Maintenance

484

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights
Door outer handle ambient lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

485 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
2. While holding the wiper switch in the
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
then to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

3. Lift both wiper arms.

Maintenance

Continued

485

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

486 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the
blade out from the wiper arm.

Tab

Wiper
Blade

5. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
unfastens from the holder’s end cap.

End Cap at
the bottom
Maintenance

6. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite
direction to slide it out from its holder.

Holder

486

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

487 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Wiper
Blade
Holder
Cap

7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm
until it locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.

Maintenance

487

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

488 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

Maintenance

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all
tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2)
per month.

■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 493

• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

488

1Checking Tires

3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4 – 6 psi (30 – 40 kPa, 0.3 – 0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than
if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Measure the spare tire pressure once a month or
before long trips.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

489 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Label
Example

Tire Labeling
Example

1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if
equipped.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare, if equipped.

1Tire Sizes

Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)

The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.

Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size

Maintenance

Maximum
Tire Load

Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
245/40R19 98W
245: Tire width in millimeters.
40: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
19: Rim diameter in inches.
98: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
W: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).

■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Continued

489

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

490 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

■ Glossary of Tire Terminology

Maintenance

490

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

491 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

Continued

For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
Maintenance

■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

491

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

492 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.

Maintenance

492

■ Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

493 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark

The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.

1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 118 mph or 190
km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below
to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire
failure.
Tire Size
Pressure

245/40R19 98W
38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm2)

Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

* Not available on all models

Maintenance

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare *, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

493

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

494 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA®)
and SH-AWD® systems to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

Maintenance

494

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3 WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

495 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

FRONT
Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.

Maintenance

Front

495

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

496 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Maintenance

496

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.

1Winter Tires

3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

497 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
The battery condition is being monitored by
the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is
a problem with the sensor, the warning
message on multi-information display will let
you know. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 214

• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 132

• The navigation system is disabled.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance,
wear protective clothing and a face shield,
or have a skilled technician do it.

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry
the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help
prevent future corrosion.

Maintenance

Charging the 12-Volt Battery

112-Volt Battery

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.

497

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

498 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.

1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Battery

Maintenance

498

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the keyless access remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

499 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

Models with remote control engine start system

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.

Battery

Models with remote control engine start system

NOTICE

The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.

Maintenance

2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying
on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

1Replacing the Button Battery

499

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

500 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

Maintenance

500

1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

501 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

Opening

■ Cleaning the Window

1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Continued

Maintenance

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

501

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

502 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Floor Mats

1Floor Mats
Unlock

Lock

The floor mats hook over the floor anchors,
which keep the mats from sliding forward. To
remove the mats for cleaning, turn the anchor
knobs to the unlock position. When
reinstalling the mats after cleaning, turn the
knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Maintenance

502

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

503 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.

■ Washing the Vehicle
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Air Intake Vents

■ Using an Automated Car Wash
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers.

• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Continued

1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position (car wash mode) P. 374

Maintenance

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners

Do not spray water on to the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.

503

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

504 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Applying Wax
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window
Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Maintenance

504

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

1Applying Wax
NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

505 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Maintenance

505

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

506 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or
backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 542

• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Maintenance

506

1Accessories and Modifications

3 WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

507 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, provincial, territorial, or local regulations.
Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.

3 WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.
A vehicle fire could result in a crash or
injury.
Only use a genuine Acura high-voltage
battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.

Maintenance

If you ever need to replace your vehicle's high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Acura highvoltage battery assembly. Genuine Acura high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle's hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine highvoltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.

1Modifications

507

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

508

508 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

509 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 510
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 511
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 523
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure ................... 529
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 530
Emergency Power System Off........... 531
Jump Starting.................................... 532
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 535

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ......537

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 537
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 538
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On..538

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On .............................. 539
If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator
Comes On............................................. 539
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks........................ 540

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message ............ 541
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 542
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 547
Emergency Towing........................... 548
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 549
When You Cannot Open the Trunk .....550

Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ... 551

509

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

510 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Tools
Types of Tools
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

Flat-tip Screwdriver

Towing Hook

Grip

Funnel

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Handling the Unexpected

Flat-tip Screwdriver

Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Tool Case

Jack Handle Bar

Vehicle with temporary tire repair
kit is shown.
Jack

510

Grip

Funnel

Towing Hook

1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

511 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

If a Tire Goes Flat
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

Contact
Area

When the puncture is:

Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)

• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.

• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.

Handling the Unexpected

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
Continued

511

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

512 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

512

Pressure Gauge

AIR ONLY side

Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

Inflator Switch

Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
Pressure Relief
Button
Instruction Manual
SEALANT/AIR side

Power Plug
Selector Switch

Air Only Hose (Black)
Repair Notification Label

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.
U.S.

Canada

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

513 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

1. Pull the handle on the trunk floor lid and
open the lid.
2. Hook the handle to the edge of the trunk
opening.

Handle

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

3. Take the kit out of the case.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.

513

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

514 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Cap

1Injecting Sealant and Air

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.

3 WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.

Valve Stem
Handling the Unexpected

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.

Sealant/Air Hose

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

514

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

515 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.

1Injecting Sealant and Air

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.

2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 190

2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 70

6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/
AIR.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.

SEALANT/AIR side

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

5. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air.

515

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

516 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Pressure Gauge

ON
OFF

Handling the Unexpected

516

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
9. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

517 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Repair Notification Label
U.S.

13. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Handling the Unexpected

■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

Continued

517

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

518 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only
hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 520

Air Only Hose

Handling the Unexpected

518

6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak
is too severe. Call for help and have your
vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 548

• 36 psi (250 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need
to check the pressure any more.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

519 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

• Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less
than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi
(250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 520

7. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

Handling the Unexpected

AIR ONLY
side

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Pressure Relief Button

Continued

519

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

520 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 512

2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

Handling the Unexpected

Air Only Hose

5. Remove the valve cap.

Valve Cap
Air Only Hose

Valve Stem

520

6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

521 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.

2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 190

2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 70
AIR ONLY
side

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

Continued

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

Handling the Unexpected

8. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting air.

521

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

522 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Pressure Relief Button

Handling the Unexpected

522

12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

523 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Changing a Flat Tire

1Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
NOTICE

Handling the Unexpected

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

Do not use an unapproved puncture-repairing agent
on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure
sensor.

Continued

523

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

524 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Tool Case

1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 511

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
Spare Tire
Handling the Unexpected

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.

524

1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
The shape of the tool case varies by model.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

525 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.

Handling the Unexpected

Continued

525

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

526 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.

3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.

Jack
Handle
Bar

526

Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the power system is on.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

527 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)

Continued

527

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

528 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Storing the Flat Tire

Spacer Cone

Wing Bolt
Handling the Unexpected

528

1Storing the Flat Tire

1. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
2. Wrap the spacer cone and spare tire wing
bolt with cloth or paper, and store them in
the spare tire well.
3. Store the jack and tools in the tool case.
Place the tool case and the trunk floor lid on
the flat tire.
4. Close the trunk.

■ TPMS and the Spare Tire
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure
Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multiinformation display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few
miles (kilometers).

3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

529 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready to Drive message
does not appear on the multi-information display, check the following items and
take appropriate action.

Checklist
Check if the related
indicator or multiinformation display
messages come on.

1Checking the Procedure

What to Do
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 92
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 530

2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 155

The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on.
The transmission indicator blinks and Transmission Problem
Apply Parking Brake When Parked message appears.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message P. 541

Check the brightness The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all.
of the interior lights. The interior lights come on normally.

Have the 12-volt battery checked by a dealer.
Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.

Check the gear
position.
Check the
immobilizer system
indicator.

Change the gear position to (P .

Handling the Unexpected

Condition
The Temperature is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate
message appears.
The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears.
uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 532

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 547

The transmission is not in (P .
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the power
system cannot be turned on.

2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 85

529

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

530 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the POWER button
flashes, the READY indicator does not come on.

Handling the Unexpected

530

Turn on the power system as follows.
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the A logo on the keyless access
remote while the indicator on the POWER
button is flashing. The buttons on the
keyless access remote should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds while the indicator stays on.
u If you do not depress the pedal, the
mode will change to ACCESSORY.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

531 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off

Emergency Power System Off
The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the POWER button twice.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the power system to be
turned off.

Handling the Unexpected

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.

1Emergency Power System Off

531

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

532 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Jump Starting
■ Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power
system, then open the hood.
1. Open the fuse box cover on your vehicle’s
12-volt battery positive + terminal.

3 WARNING
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the 12-volt battery.

Handling the Unexpected
Booster Battery

532

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u If you use a booster battery, only use a
12-volt booster battery.
u When using an automotive battery
charger, select a charging voltage lower
than 15-volts. Check the charger manual
for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do
not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

533 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuJump Startingu

5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger as
shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to
any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Handling the Unexpected

Continued

533

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

534 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Handling the Unexpected

534

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

535 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

1How to Handle Overheating

3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.

■ First thing to do

Continued

Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.

Handling the Unexpected

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Change the gear position to (P and set the parking brake.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it
subsides. Then open the hood.

535

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

536 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do

1How to Handle Overheating

MAX

Reserve
Tank

MIN

Handling the Unexpected

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
turn the power system off once the high
temperature indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately turn the power system off.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on and check the
high temperature indicator. If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving.
If it stays on, contact a dealer for repairs.

536

3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

537 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Turn the power system off and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

2 Oil Check P. 472

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
power system. Restarting the power system may
rapidly discharge the battery.

Handling the Unexpected

3. Turn the power system on and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Turn the power
system off and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

537

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

538 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink

Handling the Unexpected

• Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
U.S.

Canada

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If both red and amber brake system indicators come
on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it
inspected by a dealer immediately.

538

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

539 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn on the power system again.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake
system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle
inspected at a dealer.
■ What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on
or blinks at the same time.
• Release the parking brake. If you cannot release it, immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer.
• If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get
your vehicle inspected at a dealer.
• If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after
releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place and call a dealer.

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

539

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

540 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

540

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire * is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver’s side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire * causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

* Not available on all models

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

541 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioned.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
• Change the gear position to (N when you turn the power system on.
u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink.
u The power system cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is
set.

You may not be able to turn on the power system.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 548
Handling the Unexpected

2 Turning on the Power P. 364

1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning
Message

541

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

542 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.

■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Handling the Unexpected

542

There are four fuse boxes in the engine
compartment.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.

* Not available on all models

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Circuit Protected
IG1A ACG FR
IG1A MISS SOL1
−
−
SMART
IG1B ECU FR
IG1B OP FR
IGP2
DBW
IGP
IG Coil
ACM
−
Interior Lights
Back Up Radio
Back Up
AFP
Front Washer
Stop
Right Headlight High Beam
Trunk
Small
Front Fog Lights
Left Headlight High Beam
IMA Motor

Amps
15 A
10 A
−
−
(7.5 A)
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
20 A
−
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
7.5 A
10 A
15 A

Circuit Protected
26 Right Headlight Low Beam
27 Left Headlight Low Beam
28
IGP2 Sub
29
Power Rear Sunshade *
30
Headlight Washer *
31
Wiper

Amps
15 A
15 A
7.5 A
20 A
30 A
30 A

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

543 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Located near the 12-volt battery. Push the
tabs to open the box.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Amps
200 A
(40 A)
40 A
60 A
60 A
50 A
60 A
30 A
40 A
60 A
40 A
60 A
60 A
60 A
60 A
20 A
40 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
20 A
15 A
−
−
10 A

1
2

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2

Circuit Protected
Radiator Fan
EPS

Amps
50 A
80 A

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Circuit Protected
Main Fuse
−
Rear Defroster
DR F/B Main 1
AS F/B Main 1
2
R/B Main 3
AS F/B Main 2
ABS/VSA RLY
Heater Motor
R/B Main 1
ESB
IG Main
DR F/B Main 2
3
SBW
R/B Main 2
Horn & Hazard
ABS/VSA Motor
4
EOP
5 Left Electric Parking Brake
6 Right Electric Parking Brake
7
Injector
8
Hazard
9
−
10
−
11
Horn
1

Located near the + terminal on the 12-volt
battery. Push the tabs to open the box.

543

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

544 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Located inside the left side of the front
bumper. Pull the inner fender back, then
push the tabs to open the box.

■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
There are two fuse boxes in the driver's side.

2 Front Side Marker Light Bulbs P. 481

Located under the dashboard.
Inner
Fender

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse Label

Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected
HCA 1
TCU
HCA 2
STRG MOVE 1
−
−

18
19
20
21
22
23
24

1
2
3
4
5
6

544

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Amps
20 A
30 A
20 A
20 A
−
−

Circuit Protected
Driver’s Side Door Lock
Passenger’s Side Door Lock
Driver’s Door Lock
Driver’s Side Door Unlock
Passenger’s Side Door
Unlock
Driver’s Door Unlock
Door Lock
−
Power System 1
IG1 DR1
Meter
Passenger’s Side Fuse Box
ACCESSORY
−
Driver’s Power Seat Sliding
Moonroof
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
STRG MOVE 2
Driver’s Power Window
Power System 2
Fuel Pump
Power System 2
Starter Cut
IG1 DR2

Amps
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
−
10 A
7.5 A
10 A
20 A
7.5 A
−
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
15 A
20 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

545 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Amps
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
−

Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.
When you remove the outer panel, use the
following procedure.

Fuse locations are shown on the image
below.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number in the image and chart.

Outer Panel

Fuse Box

20 A
(20 A)
30 A

1. Pry on the lower edge of the panel using
a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
2. Pull the outer panel towards you, then
remove it.

Handling the Unexpected

33
34

Circuit Protected
Start DIAG
Air Conditioning
Daytime Running Lights
ACC Key Lock
Driver’s Lumbar Support
SMART
−
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
Left e-pretensioner
IG1 Box

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3

Circuit Protected
IG Main 1
ST MG
IG Main 2

Amps
30 A
30 A
30 A

Continued

545

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

546 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Box

Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Cover

1
2
3
4
5
6

Handling the Unexpected

7
Fuse Label

Fuse locations are shown on the cover.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

546

* Not available on all models

Circuit Protected
−
Front Seat Heaters/AVS
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
Front Passenger’s Lumbar
Support
−
A/C Water Pump
Passenger’s Power Seat
Sliding
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
Rear Seat Heaters *
−
Fly Start
Accessory Power Socket
(Console Compartment)
Accessory Power Socket
(Center Pocket)
AS ECU
Glove Box
−
−
Front Passenger’s Power
Window
SRS1

Amps
−
20 A
20 A
7.5 A
−
10 A
20 A
20 A
(20 A)
−
15 A
20 A
20 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
−
−
20 A
10 A

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Circuit Protected
ABS/VSA
−
e-pretensioner
−
SRS2
Illumination
Right e-pretensioner
Heated Steering Wheel *

Audio AMP

Amps
7.5 A
−
(7.5 A)
−
7.5 A
7.5 A
(20 A)
(10 A)
30 A*1
40 A*2

*1:Models without surround view camera
system
*2:Models with surround view camera
system

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

547 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.

Blown Fuse

Combined Fuse

NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 542 to 546.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

Handling the Unexpected

There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box located near the brake fluid reservoir.

Blown
Fuse

Fuse Puller

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

547

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

548 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.

1Emergency Towing
NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE

Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Handling the Unexpected

548

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

549 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.

1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.

Cover

Release Lever

Handling the Unexpected

2. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.

549

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

550 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

Handling the Unexpected

550

If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Pull the rear seat armrest down.
Lock
2. Push the button to open the cover.
u The cover latches when you push it back
to the original position.
Button
u You can lock and unlock this cover using
the built-in key.
To lock the cover: Insert the key to the
Cover
lock, then turn it the right.
To unlock the cover: Insert the key to
the lock, then turn it the left.
3. With pulling the inner partition up, pull the
Inner Partition
trunk release handle down to the direction
of the arrow in the image.

Trunk Release Handle

1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
What to do-following up
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

551 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the power system.
2. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
trunk.
Funnel
Case
2 Types of Tools P. 510

6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.

Handling the Unexpected

4. Remove the funnel from the case.
5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.

1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.

551

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

552

552 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

553 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 554
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine
Number, Motor Number, and Transmission
Number ............................................. 556

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 559
Warranty Coverages ........................ 561
Authorized Manuals......................... 563
Client Service Information ............... 564

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 557
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 558

553

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

554 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications

■ Engine Specifications

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)

Displacement
Spark Plugs

Acura RLX
2
3
5
U.S.: 5,379 lbs (2,440 kg)
Canada: 2,440 kg
U.S.: 2,822 lbs (1,280 kg)
Canada: 1,280 kg
U.S.: 2,590 lbs (1,175 kg)
Canada: 1,175 kg

■ Fuel
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type
Quantity

HFC-134a (R-134a)
16.0 - 17.8 oz (455 - 505 g)
ND-OIL 11
7.9 - 8.8 cu-in (130.0 - 145.0 cm3)

Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
15.1 US gal (57 ℓ)

■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity

■ Air Conditioning

212 cu-in (3,471 cm3)
NGK
DILZKR7B11G

U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 5.3 US qt (5.0 ℓ)

■ Light Bulbs

Information

Headlights (Low Beam)
Headlights (High Beam)
Fog Lights
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
Front Side Marker Lights
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker
Lights
Taillights
Back-Up Lights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
Rear License Plate Lights
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights
Interior Lights
Front and Rear Map Lights
Front and Rear Ambient Lights
Vanity Mirror Lights
Front Door Pocket Lights
Center Pocket Light
Beverage Holder Light
Door Courtesy Lights
Console Compartment Light
Glove Box Light
Front and Rear*1 Foot Lights
Door Inner Handle Lights
Trunk Light
*1: Not available on all models

554

LED
LED
LED
LED
2 CP
LED
LED
LED
16 W
21 W
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
2.1 W
LED
LED
LED
3.4 W
LED
LED
LED
LED
5W

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

555 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid
Specified

■ Engine Oil
Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified
Capacity

Recommended

Capacity

Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATF DW-1
Change
3.7 US qt (3.5 ℓ)

■ Tire
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
Change
including
4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)
filter

Specified
Capacity

Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATF DW-1
Change
2.56 US qt (2.42 ℓ)

Compact
Spare*1
Wheel Size

■ Engine Coolant
■ Twin Motor Unit Fluid

Regular

Specified
Ratio
Capacity

Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare*1

245/40R19 98W
36 (250 [2.5])
T155/70D17 110M
60 (420 [4.2])
19 x 8J
17 x 4T

*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
2.1 US gal (7.9 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.225 US gal (0.85 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

■ Inverter Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity

Information

Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
0.32 US gal (1.23 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.03 US gal (0.11 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

555

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

556 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
Motor Number, and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle's VIN, engine number, motor number and transmission
number are shown as follows.
Vehicle Identification Number

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor
Number, and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.

Motor Number

Engine Number
Cover

Dual Clutch
Transmission
Number

Motor Number
Information

556

Vehicle Identification Number

Motor Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

557 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
AcuraLink
Audio System
Blind Spot Information System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Immobilizer System
Keyless Access System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC
(Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:

Information

As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

557

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

558 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

558

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

559 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle's emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes
are not set.

1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected, and set again only after
several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.
Information

Continued

559

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

560 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

5. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D
with SPORT mode. Do not use cruise control.
6. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
7. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.

Information

560

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

561 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Warranty Coverages
■ U.S.Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Information

Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.

Continued

561

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

562 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage
for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Information

562

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

563 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

Information

563

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

564 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/
Services.

U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1-(800) 382-2238

Information

564

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1-(787) 620-7546

Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-866-78-ACURA
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 556
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

565 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClient Service Informationu

■ Gracenote Music Recognition
Service (CDDB)

■ Gracenote® END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT

This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,
California (“Gracenote”). The software
from Gracenote (the “Gracenote
Software”) enables this application to
perform disc and/or file identification and
obtain music- related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or

embedded databases (collectively,
“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data
only by means of the intended End-User
functions or this application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal noncommercial use only.
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Data to any third party.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions. If
your license terminates, you agree to cease
any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers.
Continued

Information

Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry standard in music
recognition technology and related content
delivery.
For more information, visit
www.gracenote.com.
When music is recorded to the HDD from a
CD, information such as the recording artist
and track name are retrieved from the
Gracenote Database and displayed (when
available).
Gracenote may not contain information for
all albums.
Gracenote is an internet-based music
recognition service that allows artist, album,
and track information from CDs to display
on the HDD.
Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates
a year. More information about Gracenote,
its features, and downloads are available at

www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca
(in Canada).
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote
apply to this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list
of applicable Gracenote patents.
Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of
Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.

565

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

566 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClient Service Informationu

Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide.
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.

Information

The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding
the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in
the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves
the right to delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data categories for any

566

cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are errorfree or that functioning of Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you
with new enhanced or additional data types
or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote 2009

■ Disclaimer of Pandora®
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

567 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

uuClient Service Informationu

Information

Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying songs, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com . Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.

567

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

568 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Index
Index
Numbers
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator .................................................... 79

Index

568

AAC.................................................... 245, 269
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 424
Accessories and Modifications ................. 506
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 190
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System ............ 380
AcuraLink .................................................. 349
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ............................ 88, 383
Additives
Coolant ........................................... 476, 478
Engine Oil................................................ 471
Washer.................................................... 479
Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 471
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 181
Front Seats .............................. 175, 178, 180
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Mirrors .................................................... 172
Steering Wheel ........................................ 171
Temperature............................................ 110
Agile Handling Assist................................ 410
AhaTM Menu .............................................. 268
AhaTM Radio .............................................. 278

Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500
Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208
Sensors ................................................... 209
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Pressure....................................... 489, 555
Airbags........................................................ 43
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 49
Airbag Care............................................... 57
Driver’s Knee Airbag.................................. 50
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 46
Indicator.............................................. 55, 82
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 56
Sensors ..................................................... 43
Side Airbags .............................................. 52
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 54
AM/FM Radio............................................ 237
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 424
Indicator.................................................... 82
Armrest ..................................................... 181
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 215
Audio System............................................ 212
Adjusting the Sound................................ 230
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 213
Error Messages........................................ 274
General Information ................................ 279

HDD ....................................................... 248
Internet Radio ......................................... 266
iPod ........................................................ 258
MP3/WMA/AAC ............................. 245, 269
Reactivating ............................................ 214
Recommended CDs ................................ 280
Recommended Devices ........................... 282
Remote Controls..................................... 215
Security Code ......................................... 214
Shortcuts ................................................ 218
Theft Protection ...................................... 214
USB Flash Drives...................................... 282
USB Port ................................................. 213
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 225
Authorized Manuals ................................ 563
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 145
Customize ...................................... 119, 298
Auto Engine Stop/Start.............................. 13
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 422
Indicator ........................................... 76, 422
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator ........................................... 76, 422
Automatic Lighting.................................. 160
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 213
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 110
Average Speed ......................................... 111

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

569 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

午後４時３１分

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System .......
Bulb Replacement ....................................
Back-Up Lights ........................................
Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker
Lights ....................................................
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights ..........
Fog Lights................................................
Front Side Marker Lights ..........................
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights...............
Headlights ...............................................
High-Mount Brake Light ..........................
Rear License Plate Lights ..........................
Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights ....................................................
Taillights ..................................................
Bulb Specifications ...................................

412
480
483
483
484
480
481
480
480
484
484
482
481
483
554

C
CAMERA Button ....................................... 446
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 70
Cargo Area................................................ 193
Cargo Hooks ............................................. 192
Carrying Cargo.................................. 359, 361
CD Player ................................................... 245
Center Pocket ........................................... 188
Certification Label .................................... 556
Changing Bulbs......................................... 480
Charging System Indicator ....................... 537

Child Safety................................................. 58
Childproof Door Locks............................. 144
Child Seat.................................................... 58
Booster Seats ............................................ 69
Child Seat for Infants................................. 60
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 61
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 65
Larger Children ......................................... 68
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 60
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 62
Using a Tether........................................... 67
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 144
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 503
Cleaning the Interior................................ 501
Client Service Information ....................... 564
Climate Control System............................ 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500
Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208
Sensors ................................................... 209
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Clock.......................................................... 132
CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM)................................................. 426
Coat Hooks ............................................... 191
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ................................................. 426
Compact Spare Tire (Optional)........ 523, 555

Index

Battery
12-Volt ................................................... 497
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator ......................................... 79, 537
Charging (12-Volt Battery) ...................... 497
High Voltage........................................... 418
Jump Starting ......................................... 532
Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt
Battery) ................................................. 497
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 498
Battery Types.............................................. 12
Belts (Seat).................................................. 36
Beverage Holders..................................... 189
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System....... 412
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 272
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® .................... 310
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 69
Brake System ............................................ 419
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 424
Automatic Brake Hold............................. 422
Brake Assist System................................. 425
Fluid ....................................................... 479
Foot Brake .............................................. 421
Parking Brake.......................................... 419
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator ................................................... 77
Brake System (Red)
Indicator ........................................... 74, 538
Brightness Control (Head-Up Display) .... 167
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 166

金曜日

569

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

570 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

Console Compartment ............................. 187
Controls ..................................................... 131
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 476
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 477
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 476
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 83
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 83
Overheating............................................. 535
Coolant (Inverter) ..................................... 478
Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission)....... 370
Cross Traffic Monitor................................ 440
Cup Holders............................................... 189
Customized Features ........................ 113, 283

Index

570

Daytime Running Lights........................... 162
Dead Battery (12-Volt) ............................. 532
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.................................................. 207
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 557
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 159
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 472
Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 158
Door Mirrors ............................................. 173
Doors ......................................................... 133
Auto Door Locking .................................. 145
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 145
Door Open Message .................................. 35

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Keys ........................................................ 133
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .............................................. 18, 142
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ................................................. 136
Lockout Prevention System...................... 140
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 491
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 50
Driving ...................................................... 357
Braking ................................................... 419
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 370
Shifting Gear........................................... 371
Turning on the Power.............................. 364
Driving Position Memory System ............ 169
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 370
Creeping ................................................. 370
Fluid........................................................ 478
Kickdown................................................ 370
Operating the Shift Button ................ 23, 373
Shifting ................................................... 371
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500

E
Elapsed Time............................................. 111
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator.................................................... 75
Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator............................................ 75, 539
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 82, 539

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 408
Emergency................................................ 548
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 559
Energy Efficiency........................................ 12
Engine....................................................... 556
Coolant .................................................. 476
Jump Starting ......................................... 532
Oil .......................................................... 471
Remote Engine Start ............................... 366
Engine Compartment Cover.................... 470
Engine Coolant ........................................ 476
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 477
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 476
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 83
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 83
Overheating............................................ 535
Engine Oil................................................. 471
Adding ................................................... 473
Checking ................................................ 472
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 464
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 537
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 471
e-pretensioners .......................................... 38
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 82
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 70
Expanded Rear Door Sunshades ............. 199
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 174
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 503
Exterior Mirrors........................................ 173

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

571 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

午後４時３１分

Fuses .......................................................... 542
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 547
Locations ................................. 542, 544, 546

G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 457
Gauge ..................................................... 106
Information ............................................. 455
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 111
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81
Refueling ................................................. 455
Gauges ...................................................... 106
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 80, 373
Gear Shift Positions
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 371
Glass (care) ........................................ 501, 504
Glove Box .................................................. 184

H
Handling the Unexpected ........................
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ...............................
Auto Answer ...........................................
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History .....................................
Automatic Transferring ............................
Displaying Messages ................................
Editing User Name ...................................
HFL Buttons .............................................

509
310
325
327
325
344
324
310

HFL Menus .............................................. 312
HFL Status Display ................................... 311
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 311
Making a Call.......................................... 335
Options During a Call .............................. 341
Phone Setup............................................ 316
Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 331
Receiving a Call ....................................... 340
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 342
Ring Tone................................................ 326
Roadside Assistance ................................ 348
Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 343
Speed Dial............................................... 328
To Create a Security PIN .......................... 323
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message
Option................................................... 321
Use Contact Photo .................................. 326
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 248
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Head Restraints ........................................ 178
Headlight Washers ................................... 165
Headlights................................................. 159
Aiming .................................................... 480
Automatic Operation............................... 160
Dimming ......................................... 159, 162
Operating................................................ 159
Head-Up Display....................................... 123
Brightness Control................................... 167
Heated Steering Wheel............................ 194
Heaters (Seat) ........................... 195, 196, 197
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 310

Index

Features .................................................... 211
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 500
Oil .......................................................... 474
Flat Tire............................................. 511, 523
Floor Mats ................................................ 502
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 479
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 478
Engine Coolant ....................................... 476
Inverter Coolant...................................... 478
Windshield Washer ................................. 479
Foot Brake ................................................ 421
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 46
Front Seat Heaters ................................... 195
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation ........ 196
Front Seats................................ 175, 178, 180
Adjusting ................................ 175, 178, 180
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 381
Fuel ..................................................... 25, 455
Economy................................................. 457
Gauge .................................................... 106
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 111
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 81
Range ..................................................... 111
Recommendation............................ 455, 554
Refueling ................................................ 455
Fuel Economy ........................................... 457
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 25, 456

金曜日

571

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

572 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

High Beam Indicator................................... 85
High Voltage Battery................................ 418
Hill Start Assist System.............................. 368
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 308
Hybrid Vehicle
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
DriveTM (SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) ............ 9

Index

572

Identification Numbers
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............. 556
Vehicle Identification ............................... 556
Illumination Control
Buttons............................................ 166, 167
Immobilizer System .................................. 149
Indicator .................................................... 85
Indicators..................................................... 74
12-Volt Battery Charging System ....... 79, 537
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ........................... 88, 383
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 82
Automatic Brake Hold........................ 76, 422
Automatic Brake Hold System............ 76, 422
Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 90, 413
Brake System (Amber)................................ 77
Brake System (Red) ............................ 74, 538
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ........................................... 90, 91
Door and Trunk Open................................ 35
Electric Parking Brake................................. 75

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Electric Parking Brake System ............ 75, 539
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System.. 82, 539
Fog Light................................................... 85
Gear Position............................................. 80
High Beam ................................................ 85
High Temperature ..................................... 83
Immobilizer System ................................... 85
Keyless Access System ............................... 86
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).... 89, 403
Lights On .................................................. 85
Low Fuel ................................................... 81
Low Oil Pressure................................ 74, 537
Low Temperature ...................................... 83
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 84, 414, 416
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 79, 538
POWER SYSTEM........................................ 78
READY ...................................................... 78
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 87
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 37, 81
Security System Alarm ............................... 86
SPORT Mode ..................................... 86, 378
Supplemental Restraint System............ 55, 82
System Message........................................ 84
Transmission ............................................. 80
Turn Signal................................................ 85
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 83, 408
VSA® OFF .......................................... 83, 409
Information .............................................. 553
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 111

Instrument Panel........................................ 73
Brightness Control .................................. 166
Interface Dial............................................ 216
Interior Lights........................................... 182
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 172
Inverter Coolant....................................... 478

J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 526
Jump Starting........................................... 532

K
Key Number Tag ...................................... 135
Keyless Access System .............................. 136
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 140
Keys........................................................... 133
Lockout Prevention ................................. 140
Number Tag............................................ 135
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 144
Remote Transmitter ................................ 138
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 141, 366
Types and Functions................................ 133
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 370

L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 401
Language (HFL) ........................................ 311
LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 63

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

573 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

午後４時３１分

M
Maintenance............................................. 459
12-Volt Battery ........................................ 497
Brake Fluid .............................................. 479
Cleaning.................................................. 501
Climate Control System ........................... 500
Coolant ........................................... 476, 478
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 463
Oil ........................................................... 472
Precautions.............................................. 460
Radiator .................................................. 477
Remote Transmitter ......................... 498, 499
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 480
Safety ...................................................... 461
Service Items ........................................... 466
Tires ........................................................ 488
Transmission Fluid ................................... 478
Under the Hood ...................................... 468
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 79, 538
Map Lights ................................................ 183
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 361
Meters, Gauges ......................................... 106
Mirrors....................................................... 172
Adjusting................................................. 172
Door........................................................ 173
Exterior.................................................... 173
Interior Rearview ..................................... 172
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 506
Moonroof.................................................. 154
MP3 ................................................... 245, 269
Multi-Information Display ....................... 108

Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 444

N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 556

O
Odometer ................................................. 110
Oil (Engine)....................................... 471, 555
Adding.................................................... 473
Checking................................................. 472
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 464
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 537
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 471, 555
Viscosity .......................................... 471, 555
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 217
Opening
Trunk ...................................................... 550
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 469
Moonroof ............................................... 154
Power Windows ...................................... 152
Trunk ...................................................... 146
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel ....................................... 155
Outside Temperature Display.................. 110
Overheating.............................................. 535

Index

Lights ................................................ 159, 480
Automatic............................................... 160
Bulb Replacement ................................... 480
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 162
Fog Lights ............................................... 162
High Beam Indicator ................................. 85
Interior.................................................... 182
Light Switches......................................... 159
Lights On Indicator.................................... 85
Turn Signals ............................................ 158
Load Limits ............................................... 361
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 133
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 145
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 144
From Inside ............................................. 142
From Outside .......................................... 136
Keys........................................................ 133
Using a Key............................................. 140
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 140
Low Battery Charge (12-Volt) ................. 537
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength.................................................. 135
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 74, 537
Lower Anchors ........................................... 63
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 361
Lumbar Support ....................................... 176

金曜日

573

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

574 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) .......... 377
Pandora® ................................................... 267
Panic Mode ............................................... 151
Parking ...................................................... 434
Parking Brake............................................ 419
Parking Sensor System.............................. 436
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 56
Passing Indicators ..................................... 159
POWER Button.......................................... 155
Power Distribution Monitor............. 128, 227
Power Rear Sunshade............................... 198
Power System
Turning on............................................... 364
POWER SYSTEM Indicator .......................... 78
Power Windows........................................ 152
Precautions While Driving
Rain......................................................... 369
Pregnant Women ....................................... 41
Puncture (Tire) .................................. 511, 523

R
Index

574

Radiator.....................................................
Radio (AM/FM)..........................................
Radio (SiriusXM®)......................................
Radio Data System (RDS)..........................
Range ........................................................
RDS (Radio Data System)..........................
Reactive Force Pedal.................................
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) .......

477
237
242
239
111
239
379
559

金曜日

午後４時３１分

READY Indicator......................................... 78
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 168
Rear Seat Heaters ..................................... 197
Rear Temperature Control Dial ............... 208
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172
Refueling .................................................. 455
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 106
Gasoline.......................................... 455, 554
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative
Braking...................................................... 12
Regulations............................... 416, 491, 557
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 366
Remote Transmitter ................................. 138
Replacement
Battery ............................................ 498, 499
Bulbs....................................................... 480
Fuses....................................... 542, 544, 546
Tires ........................................................ 494
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 485
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 558
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 110
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 173
Right Selector Wheel ....................... 108, 113
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 397
On and Off.............................................. 398

S
Safe Driving................................................ 31
Safety Labels .............................................. 71
Safety Message ............................................ 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 36
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 40
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 38
Checking .................................................. 42
e-pretensioners ......................................... 38
Fastening .................................................. 39
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 65
Pregnant Women...................................... 41
Reminder ............................................ 37, 81
Warning Indicator ............................... 37, 81
Seat Heaters ............................. 195, 196, 197
Seats.......................................................... 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Front Seats.............................. 175, 178, 180
Seat Heaters ........................... 195, 196, 197
Security System ........................................ 149
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 85
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 86
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 62
Sequential Mode...................................... 376
Sequential Mode Operation ................... 377
Setting the Clock...................................... 132
Shift Button........................................ 23, 371
Operation ............................................... 373
Shifting (Transmission) ...................... 23, 371
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 40

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

575 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

Side Airbags ............................................... 52
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 54
SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 242
Snow Tires ................................................ 496
Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID
SH-AWD® System...................................... 13
Spare Tire (Optional) ....................... 523, 555
Spark Plugs ............................................... 554
Specifications ........................................... 554
Specified Fuel ................................... 455, 554
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
DriveTM (SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) ....... 411
SPORT Mode............................................. 378
SPORT Mode Indicator....................... 86, 378
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 46
Steering Wheel
Adjusting ................................................ 171
Stopping ................................................... 434
Summer Tires............................................ 496
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 46
Surround View Camera System............... 445
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 155
System Message Indicator ......................... 84

Temperature
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 83
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 83
Temperature Sensor ................................ 209

午後４時３１分

Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 512
Tie-down Anchors .................................... 192
Time (Setting) ........................................... 132
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 414
Indicator ............................................ 84, 540
Tires ........................................................... 488
Air Pressure ..................................... 489, 555
Chains ..................................................... 496
Checking and Maintaining....................... 488
Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 511
Inspection................................................ 488
Labeling .................................................. 489
Regulations ............................................. 491
Rotation .................................................. 495
Spare (Optional) .............................. 523, 555
Summer .................................................. 496
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 512
Wear Indicators ....................................... 493
Winter ..................................................... 496
Tools .......................................................... 510
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 363
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 363
Emergency .............................................. 548
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 414
Transmission ....................................... 23, 371
Dual Clutch ............................... 23, 370, 371
Fluid ........................................................ 478
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 80, 373
Number ................................................... 556

Sequential Mode ..................................... 376
TRIP Button............................................... 109
Trip Meter................................................. 110
Troubleshooting....................................... 509
Blown Fuse.............................. 542, 544, 546
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 28
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 28
Emergency Towing.................................. 548
Flat Tire/Puncture ............................ 511, 523
Noise When Braking.................................. 29
Overheating ............................................ 535
Power System Won’t Start....................... 529
Premium Gasoline ........................... 455, 554
Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 28, 144
Warning Indicators .................................... 74
Trunk......................................................... 146
Lid........................................................... 146
Light Bulbs .............................................. 554
Release Handle........................................ 550
Unable to Open....................................... 550
Turn Signals .............................................. 158
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 85
Turn-by-Turn Directions................... 111, 127
Turning on the Power.............................. 364
Does Not Activate ................................... 529
Jump Starting.......................................... 532
Remote Engine Start................................ 366
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 141, 366

Index

金曜日

575

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book

576 ページ

２０１７年３月２４日

U
Unlocking the Doors................................. 136
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 18, 142
USB Flash Drives........................................ 282
USB Port .................................................... 213
Using the Keyless Access System.............. 136

V
Valet Mode ............................................... 185
Vanity Mirrors ............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number................. 556
Vehicle Speed............................................ 127
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) .................. 408
Off Button ............................................... 409
Off Indicator ...................................... 83, 409
System Indicator ................................ 83, 408
Viscosity (Oil)..................................... 471, 555
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 408

W
Index

576

Warning and Information Messages ......... 92
Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 537
Warning Labels ........................................... 71
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 561
Watts ......................................................... 554
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 493
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 526

金曜日

午後４時３１分

Window Washers ..................................... 163
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 479
Switch..................................................... 163
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 152
Windshield
Cleaning ......................................... 501, 504
Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 207
Washer Fluid ........................................... 479
Wiper Blades ........................................... 485
Wipers and Washers................................ 163
Winter Tires
Snow Tires .............................................. 496
Tire Chains .............................................. 496
Wipers and Washers................................. 163
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 485
WMA ................................................. 245, 269
Worn Tires ................................................ 488

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V4.4 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Extract, Print high-res
Create Date                     : 2017:03:27 09:05:33+09:00
Modify Date                     : 2017:03:30 08:57:13-07:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.6-c015 81.157285, 2014/12/12-00:43:15
Metadata Date                   : 2017:03:30 08:57:13-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:a53d7b62-b207-44c6-b0b5-7fc19d082de2
Instance ID                     : uuid:84248927-cc19-4e9f-8840-fb625d27bdbe
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 577

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Honda Manual BTY31717OM

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation